Introduction
The narrow escape problem was initially introduced in biology, in the context of the diffusion of molecules in a cell [27 ] , in particular to model the diffusion of neurotransmitters in a synapse. This physical phenomenon can be modeled by a reflected Brownian motion constrained to a domain, with a small absorbing part on its boundary, modeling the exit of the molecule, or its reaction with a receptor. Under the assumption that the absorbing part is small, the goal is to compute the mean exit time of the molecule and, when there are several absorbing parts, the probability of exiting through each of them. This problem has attracted interest both in the physics community [57 , 24 , 49 ] [5] and in the mathematical community [39 , 38 , 30 ] [1, 15]. In this work, we extend the contributions of [38 ] [13, 14] to study different shapes of the absorbing part, within a similar framework: the quasi-stationary approach. This introduction is organized as follows. First, we define the basic setting of the narrow escape problem and the quasi-stationary distribution in § 1.1 ; then we describe the various hole shapes studied in this work and their connection to the literature in § 1.2 ; finally, the contributions and the outline of the paper are given in § 1.3 .
Introduction to the narrow escape problem and the quasi-stationary distribution
In this section, we briefly introduce the mathematical fundamentals of the narrow escape problem and justify the quasi-stationary approach we use in the rest of the paper. Let Ω ⊂ R 3 \Omega\subset\mathbb{R}^{3} Ω ⊂ R 3 be a smooth bounded domain with boundary ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω . Denote by ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 the stochastic process modeling the diffusion of a particle trapped inside Ω \Omega Ω with reflecting boundary conditions on ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω . The goal is to study the exit of the particle through a small absorbing part Γ D ε ⊂ ∂ Ω \Gamma_D^\varepsilon\subset\partial\Omega Γ D ε ⊂ ∂ Ω , where ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 controls the size of Γ D ε \Gamma_D^\varepsilon Γ D ε . Explicitly, this exit can be characterized by a pair of random variables: the exit time
τ ε = inf { t > 0 ∣ X t ∈ Γ D ε ‾ } , (1) \tau_\varepsilon= \inf\{t > 0 \mid X_t \in\overline{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}\}, \tag*{(1)} τ ε = inf { t > 0 ∣ X t ∈ Γ D ε } , (1)
and the exit position
X τ ε ∈ Γ D ε ‾ . (2) X_{\tau_\varepsilon} \in\overline{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}. \tag*{(2)} X τ ε ∈ Γ D ε . (2)
In general, both of these random variables depend on the initial condition X 0 X_0 X 0 of the process ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 . To overcome this difficulty, in this work we consider the initial condition to be distributed according to the quasi-stationary distribution ν ε \nu_{\varepsilon} ν ε . The quasi-stationary distribution ν ε \nu_{\varepsilon} ν ε is a probability measure on Ω \Omega Ω that is stationary under the dynamics conditioned on the event that the particle has not escaped yet [16, 17]. It has been shown in [13, Theorem 1.1, Remark 1.2] that ν ε \nu_{\varepsilon} ν ε exists in a wide class of narrow escape problems and that, for any initial condition X 0 ∈ Ω X_0 \in\Omega X 0 ∈ Ω ,
Law ( X t ∣ t < τ ε ) ⟶ t → + ∞ ν ε . \operatorname{Law}(X_t \mid t < \tau_{\varepsilon}) \underset{t \to+\infty}{\longrightarrow} \nu_{\varepsilon}. Law ( X t ∣ t < τ ε ) t → + ∞ ⟶ ν ε .
Hence, at large times, the law of the process ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t \ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 , conditioned on the fact that it has not escaped yet, tends to the quasi-stationary distribution (see Figure 1 for an illustration). This relaxation towards ν ε \nu_{\varepsilon} ν ε occurs on a time scale that stays bounded as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , and thus is negligible compared to the exit time τ ε \tau_{\varepsilon} τ ε , which diverges in this limit. Additionally, starting from ν ε \nu_{\varepsilon} ν ε , [13, Proposition 1.3] shows that both τ ε \tau_{\varepsilon} τ ε and X τ ε X_{\tau_{\varepsilon}} X τ ε can be derived from ν ε \nu_{\varepsilon} ν ε (see their explicit relation in § 2.3 ). Consequently, the goal of this paper is to study the quasi-stationary distribution ν ε \nu_{\varepsilon} ν ε , for different shapes of the absorbing part Γ D ε \Gamma_{\mathrm{D}}^{\varepsilon} Γ D ε , and to derive the asymptotic behavior of the exit time τ ε \tau_{\varepsilon} τ ε and exit position X τ ε X_{\tau_{\varepsilon}} X τ ε in the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 .
Figure 1. Histogram of the exit time of 100 000 particles in a unit ball of dimension 3 with 2 absorbing spherical caps of angle 0.2 radians on its boundary. Notice the exponential tail of the distribution, drawn in black, typical of the exit time under the quasi-stationary distribution. The vertical red line represents the time from which one can heuristically consider the particles to be distributed according to the quasi-stationary distribution. In this case, less than 20% of the particles have escaped before this time. This proportion shrinks to 0 in the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 (see [13, Section 4.2] for an illustration of this phenomenon).
Hole shapes and bibliography review
Let us now describe the different hole shapes studied in this work, which model various physical phenomena; see the global illustration in Figure 2 .
Figure 2. Illustration of the different hole shapes considered in this work. The gray plane represents the boundary of the domain ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω , while the colored areas are the holes Γ D ε \Gamma_{\mathrm{D}}^{\varepsilon} Γ D ε . The parameter ε \varepsilon ε illustrates how the holes shrink.
The narrow escape problem is the standard setting introduced by [27 ] , where the holes are geodesic disks on the boundary of the domain that shrink to a point as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 . It is represented in blue in Figure 2 (B). Some notable contributions in the literature on this version of the problem are [64 , 56 , 57 , 45 ] [5, 1, 15] which all focus on the mean exit time or on the exit time from a fixed starting point. The quasi-stationary distribution approach has been used in [14] to study the exit time and exit position in dimension 2. Notice two other contributions [38 ] [13], which use the quasi-stationary distribution but for slightly modified holes that are half-spheres inside the domain; see Figure 2 (A). One goal of this paper is to understand the difference between the two settings.
The narrow slit problem is a variant of the narrow escape problem where one considers a hole that shrinks to a curve of finite length on the boundary of the domain instead of a point. In practice, this is built from a prolate spheroid that shrinks to a curve segment (see Figure 2 (C)). Notice that this problem is fundamentally different, as the hole shrinks to an object of dimension 1. Heuristically, one could expect the mean exit time to diverge logarithmically, as in the two-dimensional narrow escape problem, pointing to the importance of the codimension of the hole instead of the dimension of the domain.
The geometry behind the narrow slit problem is not new and has been studied in a wide range of applications, from electromagnetism [9] and mechanics [10] to hydrodynamics [35 ] and acoustics [43 ] . Yet, to the best of our knowledge, this regime has not been studied in the context of the narrow escape problem. However, using the results on ellipsoidal holes from [58 , 45 ] , we can gain insight into the behavior of the narrow slit problem. Formally, taking the ellipticity of the ellipsoid to scale as ε − 1 \varepsilon^{-1} ε − 1 in [45 Theorem 1.3] leads to a logarithmic divergence of the mean exit time, which confirms the heuristic prediction above. Finally, note that this problem can be tackled with capacity methods to obtain the scaling in ε \varepsilon ε of the mean exit time (see [21]).
The narrow transition problem is the variant illustrated in purple in Figure 2 (D), where one considers a tube of fixed length with a shrinking cross-section. The exit hole is at the end of the tube. The narrow escape community has considered this problem since [28 ] ; see a list of recent contributions on this topic in [39 , 31 , 30 , 47 ] [6]. Let us also point out the strong connection between this problem and Helmholtz resonators in acoustics/electrostatics [32 , 29 , 33 ] [4].
Another interpretation of this problem arises from statistical physics, in the context of transitions from one state to another (see [65 ] for a discussion of several problems involving Brownian motions trapped in channels, and [22 ] for entropy-driven phenomena). Indeed, if at the end of the tube there is another domain Ω ′ \Omega' Ω ′ , then the escape time through the tube is also the transition time from Ω \Omega Ω to Ω ′ \Omega' Ω ′ . Transition times are fundamental objects in the study of metastable systems [36 , 25 , 62 ] . Usually, the metastability is induced by an energetic barrier between Ω \Omega Ω and Ω ′ \Omega' Ω ′ , hence the transition time is trivially linked by a factor 2 to the escape time from Ω \Omega Ω (see [37 Remark 1] ). In this work, where Ω \Omega Ω and Ω ′ \Omega' Ω ′ are linked by a narrow tube, we see that this is not the case, and the transition time can be much larger than the escape time.
The analogy between the narrow transition problem and the energetic barrier framework can be pushed further. The transition time for the latter is given by the Eyring–Kramers law [36 , 25 , 37 ] ,
E [ τ ] ∼ 2 π ∣ λ 1 ( z ) ∣ ∣ det ∇ 2 V ( z ) ∣ det ∇ 2 V ( x ) exp ( V ( z ) − V ( x ) h ) , \mathbb{E}[\tau] \sim\frac{2\pi}{\lvert\lambda_1(z)\rvert}\sqrt{\frac{\lvert\det\nabla^2 V(z)\rvert}{\det\nabla^2 V(x)}}\exp\left(\frac{V(z)-V(x)}{h}\right), E [ τ ] ∼ ∣ λ 1 ( z )∣ 2 π det ∇ 2 V ( x ) ∣ det ∇ 2 V ( z )∣ exp ( h V ( z ) − V ( x ) ) ,
where h h h is proportional to the temperature and plays the role of the small parameter, V V V is the energetic potential, λ 1 \lambda_1 λ 1 is the negative eigenvalue of the Hessian of V V V at the saddle point z z z between the two wells, and x x x is the local minimum of V V V in the well where the process starts. Formally, the ratio of the two Hessians can be seen as a measure of the volume of the well over the volume of the transition region ∣ Ω ∣ ε 2 L \frac{\lvert\Omega\rvert}{\varepsilon^2 L} ε 2 L ∣ Ω ∣ , where L L L is the length of the tube and ε 2 \varepsilon^2 ε 2 its cross-sectional area. The factor ∣ λ 1 ∣ − 1 \lvert\lambda_1\rvert^{-1} ∣ λ 1 ∣ − 1 is a measure of the rate to traverse the transition region, here L 2 L^2 L 2 . Taking the exponent to 0 as there are no energetic barriers in the narrow transition problem, the formula for the mean exit time can be understood as
E [ τ ] ∼ L ∣ Ω ∣ ε 2 . \mathbb{E}[\tau] \sim L\frac{\lvert\Omega\rvert}{\varepsilon^2}. E [ τ ] ∼ L ε 2 ∣ Ω ∣ .
In § 1.3 , we see that these heuristics lead to the correct scaling behavior for the mean exit time in the narrow transition problem, making a link between metastability arising from an energetic constraint and from an entropic constraint.
Contribution and outline of the paper
The contribution of this work is to derive the exit time distribution and the exit hole distribution for the narrow escape problem (in two variants, A and B), the slit problem (C), and the transition problem (D), within a single quasi-stationary distribution framework. Let us emphasize that the novelty of this work is to demonstrate that the framework introduced in [38 ] can be applied to a wide range of hole shapes, and to derive asymptotically the exit time distribution and the exit hole distribution from the quasi-stationary distribution, in the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 . To do this, new quasi-modes have been built to approximate the quasi-stationary distribution for the different hole shapes. This technique is explained in § 2.3 . The results of this paper are gathered in Table 1 , which summarizes the different hole shapes and the asymptotics of their mean exit time and the exit hole distribution in a reference setting (one hole for the mean exit time, two holes for the exit hole) in the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 .
Table 1. Summary of the different hole shapes considered in this work and their properties.
For the sake of comparison, we also include a column stating how the surface area of each hole scales with ε \varepsilon ε . Notice that the results in Table 1 are consistent with the heuristics on the mean exit time developed in § 1.2 . Furthermore, we make explicit the difference between the spherical holes on the boundary studied in [14] and the spherical holes studied in [38 ] [13], which are half-spheres inside the domain. The scaling of the mean exit time differs by a factor π / 2 \pi/2 π /2 between the two settings, giving a rigorous explanation of [13, Remark 1.5].
The notation A, B, C and D refers to the illustrations in Figure 2 . See (Type A), (Type B), (Type C) and (Type D) in § 2.2 for the precise definitions of the holes. The mean exit time is E ν ε [ τ ε ] \mathbb{E}_{\nu_\varepsilon}[\tau_\varepsilon] E ν ε [ τ ε ] , the expectation of (1.1) under the quasi-stationary distribution ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε . The exit hole column refers to the probability of exiting through a hole of parameter ε \varepsilon ε in a system with another hole of parameter 2 ε 2\varepsilon 2 ε (with the same ℓ \ell ℓ for C and the same L L L for D). The reference column gives the proposition in the paper where the result is stated and proved. Each result is given as its asymptotic equivalent in the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 .
The results presented in Table 1 are believed to be derivable in higher dimensions, at the cost of lengthy computations. This is one goal of the numerical experiments in § 6 , which aim to illustrate the results of this work and to explore the higher-dimensional case.
The paper is organized as follows. In § 2 , we introduce the main notation and explain the quasi-stationary distribution framework. Then, in § 3 , we present our results on the spherical holes A and B. In § 4 , we construct a quasi-mode for the narrow slit problem and derive the asymptotics of the exit time and exit hole distributions. The same is done for the narrow transition problem in § 5 . Finally, we present numerical experiments in § 6 to illustrate the results of this work and explore the higher-dimensional case. Additionally, in Section A, we discuss the Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality uniform in ε \varepsilon ε in the several geometries of this work. We then provide the proof of Theorem 2.2 in Section B. Section C gathers the fundamental properties of the Green function considered in this work, and Section D is a technical section on the computation of several integrals.
Notation and detailed method
In this section we introduce the mathematical notation, first in general in § 2.1 , then for the different hole shapes in § 2.2 . Finally, in § 2.3 , we explain how to use the quasi-stationary distribution to derive the exit time and exit hole distributions, using a quasi-mode.
Notation
2.1. Notation. In this section, we define the notation and the mathematical concepts used throughout this work. We first introduce geometric considerations, before introducing the operator associated with the process ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 defined in (3) . Note that in this paper, four geometric settings are considered. For simplicity, we use the same notation in all four settings, with the understanding that the underlying geometric setting is clear from the context.
We recall that Ω \Omega Ω is a smooth bounded domain of R 3 \mathbb{R}^3 R 3 with boundary ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω . Let ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 be the following stochastic process evolving in Ω ‾ \overline{\Omega} Ω :
d X t = 2 d B t − n ( X t ) d L t , (3) \mathrm{d}X_t = \sqrt{2}\,\mathrm{d}B_t - n(X_t)\,\mathrm{d}L_t, \tag*{(3)} d X t = 2 d B t − n ( X t ) d L t , (3)
where ( B t ) t ≥ 0 (B_t)_{t\geq0} ( B t ) t ≥ 0 is a standard Brownian motion in R 3 \mathbb{R}^3 R 3 , ( L t ) t ≥ 0 (L_t)_{t\geq0} ( L t ) t ≥ 0 is the local time of ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 on ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω (see [60 , 63 ] ), and n n n is the outward unit normal vector to ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω . This process is a reflected Brownian motion in Ω \Omega Ω .
For N ≥ 1 N\geq1 N ≥ 1 and ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , we consider a family of N N N (relatively) open connected sets Γ ε k ⊂ Ω ‾ \Gamma_\varepsilon^k\subset\overline{\Omega} Γ ε k ⊂ Ω , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , called the holes, with a small parameter r ε ( k ) > 0 r_\varepsilon^{(k)}>0 r ε ( k ) > 0 that controls their size (for the (Type C) holes, w ε ( k ) w_\varepsilon^{(k)} w ε ( k ) plays a similar role). We write Γ D ε = ⋃ k = 1 N Γ ε k \Gamma_\mathrm{D}^\varepsilon=\bigcup_{k=1}^N\Gamma_\varepsilon^k Γ D ε = ⋃ k = 1 N Γ ε k for their union. The small hole asymptotics is defined by the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , where r ε ( k ) → 0 r_\varepsilon^{(k)}\to0 r ε ( k ) → 0 and ∣ Γ ε k ∣ → 0 |\Gamma_\varepsilon^k|\to0 ∣ Γ ε k ∣ → 0 . In this work, we emphasize that we only consider the limit where the holes shrink but do not move. Hence, we always assume that the holes remain separated by a distance bounded below uniformly in ε \varepsilon ε .
The generator of ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 . The generator of the process ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 , defined in (3) , killed on Γ D ε \Gamma_\mathrm{D}^\varepsilon Γ D ε is the Laplacian Δ \Delta Δ on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε with Dirichlet boundary conditions on Γ D ε \Gamma_\mathrm{D}^\varepsilon Γ D ε and Neumann boundary conditions on Γ N ε \Gamma_\mathrm{N}^\varepsilon Γ N ε . In the following, we work with the nonnegative operator L ε = − Δ \mathcal{L}_\varepsilon=-\Delta L ε = − Δ , whose domain is
D ( L ε ) = { u ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) | Δ u ∈ L 2 ( Ω ε ) , u = 0 on Γ D ε , ∂ n u = 0 on Γ N ε } . (4) \mathcal{D}(\mathcal{L}_\varepsilon)=\left\{u\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon)\mathrel{}\middle|\mathrel{} \Delta u\in L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon),\ u=0\ \text{on }\Gamma_\mathrm{D}^\varepsilon,\ \partial_nu=0\ \text{on }\Gamma_\mathrm{N}^\varepsilon\right\}. \tag*{(4)} D ( L ε ) = { u ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) Δ u ∈ L 2 ( Ω ε ) , u = 0 on Γ D ε , ∂ n u = 0 on Γ N ε } . (4)
where the normal derivative ∂ n u \partial_nu ∂ n u is defined by duality on H − 1 / 2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) H^{-1/2}(\partial\Omega_\varepsilon) H − 1/2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) (see Section B for an explicit definition). The operator L ε \mathcal{L}_\varepsilon L ε can be defined as the self-adjoint operator associated with the closed form
q ε ( u , v ) = ∫ Ω ε ∇ u ⋅ ∇ v , u , v ∈ H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) , (5) q_\varepsilon(u,v)=\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\nabla u\cdot\nabla v,\qquad u,v\in H^1_{\Gamma_\mathrm{D}^\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon), \tag*{(5)} q ε ( u , v ) = ∫ Ω ε ∇ u ⋅ ∇ v , u , v ∈ H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) , (5)
with form domain
H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) = { u ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) | u = 0 on Γ D ε } . H^1_{\Gamma_\mathrm{D}^\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon)=\left\{u\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon)\mathrel{}\middle|\mathrel{}u=0\ \text{on }\Gamma_\mathrm{D}^\varepsilon\right\}. H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) = { u ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) u = 0 on Γ D ε } .
It is classical that L ε \mathcal{L}_\varepsilon L ε is self-adjoint, with a compact resolvent (see [52 Theorem 1] and the Rellich–Kondrachov theorem), so it has a discrete spectrum. Furthermore, its principal eigenvalue is positive and associated with a positive and continuous eigenfunction [23 Theorem 8.38] . The density of the quasi-stationary distribution ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε , introduced in § 1.1 , is this principal eigenfunction [13, Theorem 1.1]. Explicitly, denoting this density by ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε , it holds that
{ − Δ ν ε = λ ε ν ε in Ω ε , ∂ n ν ε = 0 on Γ N ε , ν ε = 0 on Γ D ε , ∫ Ω ε ν ε = 1. (6) \begin{cases}
-\Delta\nu_\varepsilon=\lambda_\varepsilon\nu_\varepsilon& \text{in }\Omega_\varepsilon,\\
\partial_n\nu_\varepsilon=0 & \text{on }\Gamma_\mathrm{N}^\varepsilon,\\
\nu_\varepsilon=0 & \text{on }\Gamma_\mathrm{D}^\varepsilon,\\
\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\nu_\varepsilon=1. \tag*{(6)}
\end{cases} ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ − Δ ν ε = λ ε ν ε ∂ n ν ε = 0 ν ε = 0 ∫ Ω ε ν ε = 1. in Ω ε , on Γ N ε , on Γ D ε , (6)
Notation for the different hole shapes
With this notation, the hole shapes considered in this work (see Figure 2 and § 1.2 ) are defined as follows. For each of the constructions considered in (Type A) and (Type C), removing the holes from (or, in (Type D), attaching the tubes to) Ω \Omega Ω produces a new domain Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε , whose boundary splits into the union
∂ Ω ε = Γ D ε ∪ Γ N ε \partial\Omega_\varepsilon= \Gamma^\varepsilon_D \cup\Gamma^\varepsilon_N ∂ Ω ε = Γ D ε ∪ Γ N ε
where Γ N ε \Gamma^\varepsilon_N Γ N ε denotes the reflecting (Neumann) part of the boundary, inherited from ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω . Fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k \in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 and r ε ( k ) > 0 r_\varepsilon^{(k)} > 0 r ε ( k ) > 0 .
Spherical holes. The spherical holes are defined as
(Type A)
Γ k ε = ∂ B ( x ( k ) , r ε ( k ) ) ∩ Ω , \Gamma^\varepsilon_k = \partial B\left(x^{(k)},r_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right) \cap\Omega, Γ k ε = ∂ B ( x ( k ) , r ε ( k ) ) ∩ Ω ,
where x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) is a point in ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω , similarly to [13]. We assume that the points x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) are distinct; more precisely, that there exists η > 0 \eta> 0 η > 0 such that the balls B ( x ( k ) , η ) B(x^{(k)},\eta) B ( x ( k ) , η ) are disjoint. Then, for spherical holes on the boundary, denote by d ∂ Ω ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) d_{\partial\Omega}(\cdot,\cdot) d ∂ Ω ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) the geodesic distance in ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω , and set
(Type B)
Γ k ε = { x ∈ ∂ Ω ∣ d ∂ Ω ( x , x ( k ) ) < r ε ( k ) } . \Gamma^\varepsilon_k = \{x \in\partial\Omega\mid d_{\partial\Omega}(x,x^{(k)}) < r_\varepsilon^{(k)}\}. Γ k ε = { x ∈ ∂ Ω ∣ d ∂ Ω ( x , x ( k ) ) < r ε ( k ) } .
In this work, we choose the geodesic distance in (Type B) for the sake of simplicity. Using the underlying Euclidean distance instead is possible with the same approach, and changes only the error terms in the results.
Slit holes. For the slit problem, let H k ⊂ ∂ Ω \mathcal{H}_k \subset\partial\Omega H k ⊂ ∂ Ω be a smooth simple arc. Since these curves are the limiting sets of the holes, which remain separated, we also assume that the curves ( H j ) j = 1 N (\mathcal{H}_j)_{j=1}^{N} ( H j ) j = 1 N are pairwise disjoint. Consider a smooth parametrization of H k \mathcal{H}_k H k through a function γ k : [ − ℓ k , ℓ k ] → H k \gamma_k : [-\ell_k,\ell_k] \to\mathcal{H}_k γ k : [ − ℓ k , ℓ k ] → H k such that ∣ γ k ′ ∣ = 1 |\gamma'_k| = 1 ∣ γ k ′ ∣ = 1 , so that H k \mathcal{H}_k H k has length 2 ℓ k 2\ell_k 2 ℓ k .
To make the shape of the holes explicit, a local basis is needed to describe the geometry of the slit: the Frenet coordinates. For x x x close enough to H k \mathcal{H}_k H k , the orthogonal projection of x x x onto H k \mathcal{H}_k H k , denoted π k ( x ) ∈ H k \pi_k(x) \in\mathcal{H}_k π k ( x ) ∈ H k , is uniquely defined. Hence, there exists s x ∈ [ − ℓ k , ℓ k ] s_x \in[-\ell_k,\ell_k] s x ∈ [ − ℓ k , ℓ k ] such that γ k ( s x ) = π k ( x ) \gamma_k(s_x) = \pi_k(x) γ k ( s x ) = π k ( x ) . Notice that π k ( x ) \pi_k(x) π k ( x ) may lie at the tip of the slit, for instance if x = γ k ( ℓ k ) + t τ k ( ℓ k ) x = \gamma_k(\ell_k) + t\tau_k(\ell_k) x = γ k ( ℓ k ) + t τ k ( ℓ k ) for some t > 0 t > 0 t > 0 , with τ k ( ⋅ ) \tau_k(\cdot) τ k ( ⋅ ) the tangent vector to the slit H k \mathcal{H}_k H k at γ k ( ⋅ ) \gamma_k(\cdot) γ k ( ⋅ ) . By definition of the Frenet frame, any point x x x belonging to a small tubular neighborhood of H k \mathcal{H}_k H k can be decomposed as
x = γ k ( s x ) + t x ( k ) τ k ( s x ) + ρ x ( k ) , (7) x = \gamma_k(s_x) + t_x^{(k)}\tau_k(s_x) + \rho_x^{(k)}, \tag*{(7)} x = γ k ( s x ) + t x ( k ) τ k ( s x ) + ρ x ( k ) , (7)
with t x ( k ) ∈ R t_x^{(k)} \in\mathbb{R} t x ( k ) ∈ R and ρ x ( k ) ⊥ τ k ( s x ) \rho_x^{(k)} \perp\tau_k(s_x) ρ x ( k ) ⊥ τ k ( s x ) . In this setting, for ε \varepsilon ε small enough, the hole is defined as
(Type C)
Γ k ε = { x ∈ Ω | ( s x + t x ( k ) ) 2 ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 + ℓ k 2 + ∣ ρ x ( k ) ∣ 2 ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 = 1 } . \Gamma^\varepsilon_k = \left\{x \in\Omega\,\middle|\, \frac{(s_x+t_x^{(k)})^2}{(w_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2+\ell_k^2}+\frac{|\rho_x^{(k)}|^2}{(w_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2}=1\right\}. Γ k ε = { x ∈ Ω ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 + ℓ k 2 ( s x + t x ( k ) ) 2 + ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ ρ x ( k ) ∣ 2 = 1 } .
By design, the sets Γ k ε \Gamma^\varepsilon_k Γ k ε are ellipsoids around the slit H k \mathcal{H}_k H k in the basis defined in (7) that shrink to H k \mathcal{H}_k H k as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 . The parameter w ε ( k ) w_\varepsilon^{(k)} w ε ( k ) is the half-width of the ellipsoid, as it is its minor semi-axis. Notice that the holes Γ k ε ⊂ Ω ‾ \Gamma^\varepsilon_k \subset\overline{\Omega} Γ k ε ⊂ Ω , hence the slit holes are the analogue of the (Type A) holes. A similar construction could be done for slits fully contained in the boundary like in (Type B).
Finally, we define the major semi-axis, which is useful in the analysis of the slit problem, as
a ε ( k ) = ℓ k 2 + ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 , so that ( a ε ( k ) − ℓ k ) ( a ε ( k ) + ℓ k ) = ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 . (8) a_\varepsilon^{(k)} = \sqrt{\ell_k^2+\left(w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)^2},
\qquad\text{so that}\qquad
\left(a_\varepsilon^{(k)}-\ell_k\right)\left(a_\varepsilon^{(k)}+\ell_k\right)=\left(w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)^2. \tag*{(8)} a ε ( k ) = ℓ k 2 + ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 , so that ( a ε ( k ) − ℓ k ) ( a ε ( k ) + ℓ k ) = ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 . (8)
Tubular holes. To construct the tubular holes, pick a point x ( k ) ∈ ∂ Ω x^{(k)} \in\partial\Omega x ( k ) ∈ ∂ Ω and a bounded connected smooth planar domain D k ⊂ T x ( k ) ( ∂ Ω ) \mathcal{D}_k \subset T_{x^{(k)}}(\partial\Omega) D k ⊂ T x ( k ) ( ∂ Ω ) containing the origin, where T x ( k ) ( ∂ Ω ) T_{x^{(k)}}(\partial\Omega) T x ( k ) ( ∂ Ω ) is the tangent plane to ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω at x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) , and set
D k , ε = r ε ( k ) D k , so that ∣ D k , ε ∣ = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ . (9) \mathcal{D}_{k,\varepsilon}=r_\varepsilon^{(k)}\mathcal{D}_k,
\qquad\text{so that}\qquad
|\mathcal{D}_{k,\varepsilon}|=\left(r_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)^2|\mathcal{D}_k|. \tag*{(9)} D k , ε = r ε ( k ) D k , so that ∣ D k , ε ∣ = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣. (9)
where r ε ( k ) r_\varepsilon^{(k)} r ε ( k ) plays the role of the radius of the k k k -th tube. We denote r ε = ∑ j = 1 N r ε ( j ) r_\varepsilon=\sum_{j=1}^{N}r_\varepsilon^{(j)} r ε = ∑ j = 1 N r ε ( j ) .
Denote by n k n_k n k the outward unit normal to ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω at x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) , so that points close to x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) are written x = x ( k ) + ρ + s n k x=x^{(k)}+\rho+sn_k x = x ( k ) + ρ + s n k with ρ ∈ T x ( k ) ( ∂ Ω ) \rho\in T_{x^{(k)}}(\partial\Omega) ρ ∈ T x ( k ) ( ∂ Ω ) and s ∈ R s\in\mathbb{R} s ∈ R . As ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω is smooth, there are r 0 > 0 r_0>0 r 0 > 0 and a smooth function h k : B ( 0 , r 0 ) → R h_k:B(0,r_0)\to\mathbb{R} h k : B ( 0 , r 0 ) → R with h k ( 0 ) = 0 h_k(0)=0 h k ( 0 ) = 0 and ∇ h k ( 0 ) = 0 \nabla h_k(0)=0 ∇ h k ( 0 ) = 0 , such that ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω is locally the graph s = h k ( ρ ) s=h_k(\rho) s = h k ( ρ ) and Ω \Omega Ω lies locally in { s < h k ( ρ ) } \{s<h_k(\rho)\} { s < h k ( ρ )} . In particular, uniformly for ∣ ρ ∣ ≤ C r ε ( k ) |\rho|\leq Cr_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ∣ ρ ∣ ≤ C r ε ( k ) ,
h k = O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) , ∇ h k = O ( r ε ( k ) ) . (10) h_k=O\left((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2\right),\qquad\nabla h_k=O\left(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\right). \tag*{(10)} h k = O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) , ∇ h k = O ( r ε ( k ) ) . (10)
For ε \varepsilon ε small enough that D ‾ k , ε ⊂ B ( 0 , r 0 ) \overline{D}_{k,\varepsilon}\subset B(0,r_0) D k , ε ⊂ B ( 0 , r 0 ) , define the tube as
T k , ε = { x ( k ) + ρ + s n k : ρ ∈ D k , ε , h k ( ρ ) < s < L k } , (11) \mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon}=\left\{x^{(k)}+\rho+sn_k:\rho\in D_{k,\varepsilon},\ h_k(\rho)<s<L_k\right\}, \tag*{(11)} T k , ε = { x ( k ) + ρ + s n k : ρ ∈ D k , ε , h k ( ρ ) < s < L k } , (11)
with L k > 0 L_k>0 L k > 0 the length of the tube, and the holes as
(Type D) Γ k ε = { x ( k ) + ρ + L k n k : ρ ∈ D k , ε } \Gamma_k^\varepsilon=\left\{x^{(k)}+\rho+L_kn_k:\rho\in D_{k,\varepsilon}\right\} Γ k ε = { x ( k ) + ρ + L k n k : ρ ∈ D k , ε } .
We shall always assume that the tubes never intersect each other or the domain itself.
We denote Σ k , ε = Ω ‾ ∩ T ‾ k , ε \Sigma_{k,\varepsilon}=\overline{\Omega}\cap\overline{\mathcal{T}}_{k,\varepsilon} Σ k , ε = Ω ∩ T k , ε for k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } the k k k -th tube’s mouth, or explicitly, for ε \varepsilon ε small enough
Σ k , ε = { x ( k ) + ρ + h k ( ρ ) n k ∣ ρ ∈ D k , ε } , (12) \Sigma_{k,\varepsilon}=\left\{x^{(k)}+\rho+h_k(\rho)n_k\mid\rho\in D_{k,\varepsilon}\right\}, \tag*{(12)} Σ k , ε = { x ( k ) + ρ + h k ( ρ ) n k ∣ ρ ∈ D k , ε } , (12)
where h k h_k h k is the function introduced before (10) . To be explicit in this case, the resulting domain Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε is constructed by plugging the tubes T k , ε \mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon} T k , ε into the domain Ω \Omega Ω :
Ω ε = Ω ∪ ⋃ k = 1 N ( T k , ε ∪ Σ k , ε ) ∖ ∂ Σ k , ε . (13) \Omega_\varepsilon=\Omega\cup\bigcup_{k=1}^{N}\left(\mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon}\cup\Sigma_{k,\varepsilon}\right)\setminus\partial\Sigma_{k,\varepsilon}. \tag*{(13)} Ω ε = Ω ∪ k = 1 ⋃ N ( T k , ε ∪ Σ k , ε ) ∖ ∂ Σ k , ε . (13)
This problem is fundamentally different from the others, as Γ k ε ⊄ Ω ‾ \Gamma_k^\varepsilon\not\subset\overline{\Omega} Γ k ε ⊂ Ω but also because the domain changes with ε \varepsilon ε significantly. For instance, the uniform interior cone condition does not hold, hence classical results like [48 Theorem 1.2] do not apply directly in order to obtain the Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality uniformly in ε \varepsilon ε . This inequality is proven in Lemma A.1 using a different approach.
Finally, we introduce, for all k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , the following quantity
s ε ( k ) = sup ρ ∈ D k , ε ∣ h k ( ρ ) ∣ , (14) s_\varepsilon^{(k)}=\sup_{\rho\in D_{k,\varepsilon}}|h_k(\rho)|, \tag*{(14)} s ε ( k ) = ρ ∈ D k , ε sup ∣ h k ( ρ ) ∣ , (14)
so that the length of the tube is at most L k + s ε ( k ) L_k+s_\varepsilon^{(k)} L k + s ε ( k ) , which can be bounded uniformly in ε \varepsilon ε . The (Type C) and (Type D) notations are illustrated in Figure 3 .
Figure 3. Illustration of the different notations used for the holes (Type C) and (Type D).
From the quasi-stationary distribution to the narrow escape problem
In this section, we state Theorem 2.2 that we will apply in different settings throughout the paper, which will give us the results claimed in Table 1 .
As introduced in § 1.1 , the quasi-stationary distribution ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε is a key object to study the narrow escape problem. Classical results on the quasi-stationary distribution [13, Proposition 1.3] show that, if X 0 ∼ ν ε X_0 \sim\nu_\varepsilon X 0 ∼ ν ε , the exit time τ ε \tau_\varepsilon τ ε and the exit position X τ ε X_{\tau_\varepsilon} X τ ε are independent, and
τ ε ∼ Exp ( λ ε ) , and ∀ k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , P ν ε ( X τ ε ∈ Γ ‾ k ε ) = − λ ε − 1 ∫ Γ k ε ∂ n ν ε d σ . (15) \tau_\varepsilon\sim\operatorname{Exp}(\lambda_\varepsilon), \qquad\text{and} \qquad\forall k \in\{1,\ldots,N\}, \quad\mathbb{P}_{\nu_\varepsilon}\left(X_{\tau_\varepsilon} \in\overline{\Gamma}_k^\varepsilon\right)=-\lambda_\varepsilon^{-1}\int_{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon}\partial_n\nu_\varepsilon\,\mathrm{d}\sigma. \tag*{(15)} τ ε ∼ Exp ( λ ε ) , and ∀ k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , P ν ε ( X τ ε ∈ Γ k ε ) = − λ ε − 1 ∫ Γ k ε ∂ n ν ε d σ . (15)
However, in a general setting, it is impossible to obtain an explicit form for ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε . The classical approach is to build a quasi-mode φ ε \varphi_\varepsilon φ ε that verifies a modified version of (6) and leverage the results from it. This is the technique applied in [13]. In this work, the quasi-mode is built as a sum of contributions of each hole, in the form
φ ε = 1 − ∑ k = 1 N ψ ε ( k ) . (16) \varphi_\varepsilon=1-\sum_{k=1}^{N}\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}. \tag*{(16)} φ ε = 1 − k = 1 ∑ N ψ ε ( k ) . (16)
where ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) is close to 1 1 1 on the k k k -th hole and small on the other holes. Let us first state the hypotheses needed for the quasi-mode.
Hypothesis 2.1. The principal eigenvalue λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε of the operator L ε \mathcal{L}_\varepsilon L ε tends to 0 0 0 as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 :
(Eig)
λ ε → ε → 0 0. \lambda_\varepsilon\xrightarrow[\varepsilon\to0]{} 0. λ ε ε → 0 0. Furthermore, for each k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , there exists a positive number K ε ( k ) K_\varepsilon^{(k)} K ε ( k ) such that K ε ( k ) → 0 K_\varepsilon^{(k)}\to0 K ε ( k ) → 0 as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , and a function ψ ε ( k ) ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) ∩ C ( Γ ‾ D ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon)\cap C(\overline{\Gamma}_D) ψ ε ( k ) ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) ∩ C ( Γ D ) that verify:
(PDE)
{ Δ ψ ε ( k ) = C K ε ( k ) in Ω ε , ∂ n ψ ε ( k ) = 0 on Γ N ε , ∥ ψ ε ( k ) − 1 Γ ‾ k ε ∥ L ∞ ( Γ D ε ) = O ( E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) , \begin{cases}
\Delta\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}=CK_\varepsilon^{(k)} & \text{in }\Omega_\varepsilon,\\
\partial_n\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}=0 & \text{on }\Gamma_N^\varepsilon,\\
\left\|\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}-1_{\overline{\Gamma}_k^\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^\infty(\Gamma_D^\varepsilon)}
=O\left(\mathcal{E}_1\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right),
\end{cases} ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ Δ ψ ε ( k ) = C K ε ( k ) ∂ n ψ ε ( k ) = 0 ψ ε ( k ) − 1 Γ k ε L ∞ ( Γ D ε ) = O ( E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) , in Ω ε , on Γ N ε , with C > 0 C>0 C > 0 a constant depending on the volume of the domain and the shape of the holes but not ε \varepsilon ε ,
K ‾ ε = ∑ k = 1 N K ε ( k ) \overline{K}_\varepsilon=\sum_{k=1}^{N}K_\varepsilon^{(k)} K ε = k = 1 ∑ N K ε ( k ) and E 1 \mathcal{E}_1 E 1 a nonnegative function of the family ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N (K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N} ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N such that E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) → 0 \mathcal{E}_1((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N})\to0 E 1 (( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) → 0 as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 .
Furthermore, for all k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) verifies the following normalization condition
(Norm)
∥ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = O ( E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) , \left\|\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}
=O\left(\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right), ψ ε ( k ) L 2 ( Ω ε ) = O ( E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) , with E 2 \mathcal{E}_2 E 2 a nonnegative function of the family ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N (K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N} ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N such that E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) → 0 \mathcal{E}_2((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N})\to0 E 2 (( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) → 0 as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 .
The two functions E 1 \mathcal{E}_1 E 1 and E 2 \mathcal{E}_2 E 2 are used to quantify the error of the quasi-mode, and determine the error in the final result of Theorem 2.2 . They depend on the whole family ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N (K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N} ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N , and not only on K ‾ ε \overline{K}_\varepsilon K ε , as the error may depend on the relative sizes of the holes (see § 5 ). The Dirichlet condition of (PDE) states that ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) is close to 1 1 1 on Γ k ε \Gamma_k^\varepsilon Γ k ε , and that its contribution is negligible on the other holes.
Summing (PDE) and (Norm) over k k k , and since ∑ k = 1 N 1 Γ ‾ k ε = 1 \sum_{k=1}^{N}1_{\overline{\Gamma}_k^\varepsilon}=1 ∑ k = 1 N 1 Γ k ε = 1 on Γ ‾ D \overline{\Gamma}_D Γ D , the quasi-mode φ ε \varphi_\varepsilon φ ε defined in (16) satisfies
\begin{cases}
-\Delta\varphi_\varepsilon=C\overline{K}_\varepsilon& \text{in }\Omega_\varepsilon,\\
\partial_n\varphi_\varepsilon=0 & \text{on }\Gamma_N^\varepsilon,\\
\left\|\varphi_\varepsilon\right\|_{L^\infty(\Gamma_D^\varepsilon)}
=O\left(\mathcal{E}_1\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right),
\end{cases}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\left\|\varphi_\varepsilon-1\right\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}
=O\left(\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right). \tag*{(17)}\end{cases}
Qualitatively, these hypotheses and this method in general show that φ ε ≃ ∣ Ω ε ∣ ν ε \varphi_\varepsilon\simeq|\Omega_\varepsilon|\nu_\varepsilon φ ε ≃ ∣ Ω ε ∣ ν ε , which can be seen from the similarity between (6) and (17) . From the form of the quasi-mode φ ε \varphi_\varepsilon φ ε in (16) , one expects that the quasi-stationary distribution ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε is close to being uniform in Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε at small ε \varepsilon ε .
We can now state the key result of this work.
Theorem 2.2. Consider ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 , the process introduced in (3) . If Hypothesis 2.1 holds, then the exit time τ ε \tau_\varepsilon τ ε starting from ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε is exponentially distributed with parameter λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε , and
E ν ε [ τ ε ] = 1 λ ε = 1 C K ε ( 1 + O ( E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) + E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) ) . \mathbb{E}_{\nu_\varepsilon}[\tau_\varepsilon]=\frac{1}{\lambda_\varepsilon}=\frac{1}{C K_\varepsilon}\left(1+O\left(\mathcal{E}_1\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)+\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right)\right). E ν ε [ τ ε ] = λ ε 1 = C K ε 1 ( 1 + O ( E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) + E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) ) . The exit position is independent of the exit time, and is distributed as, for k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N }
P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = K ε ( k ) K ε + O ( E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) + E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) . \mathbb{P}_{\nu_\varepsilon}(\kappa_\varepsilon=k)=\frac{K_\varepsilon^{(k)}}{K_\varepsilon}+O\left(\mathcal{E}_1\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)+\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right). P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = K ε K ε ( k ) + O ( E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) + E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) . where K ε ( k ) K_\varepsilon^{(k)} K ε ( k ) is given by Hypothesis 2.1 and κ ε \kappa_\varepsilon κ ε is the index of the exit hole, i.e., κ ε = k \kappa_\varepsilon=k κ ε = k if and only if X τ ε ∈ Γ ε k ‾ X_{\tau_\varepsilon}\in\overline{\Gamma_\varepsilon^{k}} X τ ε ∈ Γ ε k .
The proof of this theorem can be performed in a similar manner as in [13, Theorems 1.4 and 1.6]; for the sake of completeness, it is given in Section B. This proof also relies on the Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality uniform in ε \varepsilon ε , which is proven in Section A for the different geometries considered in this work. Let us finally insist that the techniques developed in this work are limited to the case where a finite number of holes are shrinking without moving, hence they are well separated in the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 .
Spherical hole shapes
In this section, we apply Theorem 2.2 to two different settings: (Type A) and (Type B), by constructing a quasi-mode that verifies Hypothesis 2.1, to obtain the results claimed in Table 1 . For both of them, the main ingredient is the Green function G G G of the Laplacian on Ω \Omega Ω with Neumann boundary condition (see Section C for results on G G G ). We focus on (Type A) in § 3.1 , and then (Type B) in § 3.2 .
Spherical holes inside the domain with a center on the boundary
In this subsection, we recall what was done in [13] for the case of holes defined in (Type A) for the sake of the comparison. The authors of [13] constructed a quasi-mode φ ε \varphi_\varepsilon φ ε of the form (16) with
ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = 2 π r ε ( k ) G ( x , x ( k ) ) , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}(x)=2\pi r_\varepsilon^{(k)}G(x,x^{(k)}),\qquad k\in\{1,\ldots,N\}, ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = 2 π r ε ( k ) G ( x , x ( k ) ) , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } ,
which verify Hypothesis 2.1 in this setting with K ε ( k ) = r ε ( k ) K_\varepsilon^{(k)}=r_\varepsilon^{(k)} K ε ( k ) = r ε ( k ) (so that K ε ‾ = r ε ‾ = ∑ k = 1 N r ε ( k ) \overline{K_\varepsilon}=\overline{r_\varepsilon}=\sum_{k=1}^{N}r_\varepsilon^{(k)} K ε = r ε = ∑ k = 1 N r ε ( k ) ), C = 2 π ∣ ∂ Ω ∣ C=\frac{2\pi}{|\partial\Omega|} C = ∣ ∂ Ω∣ 2 π , E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ε ‾ ∣ log ( K ε ‾ ) ∣ \mathcal{E}_1((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N})=\overline{K_\varepsilon}|\log(\overline{K_\varepsilon})| E 1 (( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ε ∣ log ( K ε ) ∣ and E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ε ‾ \mathcal{E}_2((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N})=\overline{K_\varepsilon} E 2 (( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ε (see [13, Section 3.1]). The continuity on Γ ε D ‾ \overline{\Gamma_\varepsilon^{D}} Γ ε D required in Hypothesis 2.1 is immediate, as G ( ⋅ , x ( k ) ) G(\cdot,x^{(k)}) G ( ⋅ , x ( k ) ) is smooth on Ω ‾ ∖ { x ( k ) } \overline{\Omega}\setminus\{x^{(k)}\} Ω ∖ { x ( k ) } and x ( k ) ∉ Γ ε D ‾ x^{(k)}\notin\overline{\Gamma_\varepsilon^{D}} x ( k ) ∈ / Γ ε D . They then obtained the following results, which we recall for the sake of comparison.
Proposition 3.1. Consider the reflected Brownian motion ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε killed on the holes defined in (Type A), then the mean exit time is given by
E ν ε [ τ ε ] = ∣ Ω ∣ 2 π 1 r ε ‾ ( 1 + O ( E ( r ε ‾ ) ) ) , (18) \mathbb{E}_{\nu_\varepsilon}[\tau_\varepsilon]=\frac{|\Omega|}{2\pi}\frac{1}{\overline{r_\varepsilon}}\left(1+O(\mathcal{E}(\overline{r_\varepsilon}))\right), \tag*{(18)} E ν ε [ τ ε ] = 2 π ∣Ω∣ r ε 1 ( 1 + O ( E ( r ε )) ) , (18) with E : x ↦ x ∣ log ( x ) ∣ \mathcal{E}:x\mapsto x|\log(x)| E : x ↦ x ∣ log ( x ) ∣ . The exit position is independent of the exit time, and is distributed as, for k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N }
P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = r ε ( k ) r ε ‾ + O ( E ( r ε ‾ ) ) . (19) \mathbb{P}_{\nu_\varepsilon}(\kappa_\varepsilon=k)=\frac{r_\varepsilon^{(k)}}{\overline{r_\varepsilon}}+O(\mathcal{E}(\overline{r_\varepsilon})). \tag*{(19)} P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = r ε r ε ( k ) + O ( E ( r ε )) . (19)
Spherical holes on the boundary of the domain
In this subsection, we consider holes of type (Type B). Recall that d ∂ Ω d_{\partial\Omega} d ∂ Ω denotes the geodesic distance on ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω . Notice that with this hole shape, fully contained in the boundary, the domain is unchanged: Ω ε = Ω \Omega_\varepsilon=\Omega Ω ε = Ω for all ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 .
Let us start checking Hypothesis 2.1 by giving a simple proof that the eigenvalue λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε tends to 0.
Lemma 3.2. Consider the operator L ε \mathcal{L}_\varepsilon L ε defined on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε with the Dirichlet boundary condition defined in (Type B), then its principal eigenvalue λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε tends to 0 as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 .
Proof. As λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε is the principal eigenvalue of L ε \mathcal{L}_\varepsilon L ε , it minimizes the Rayleigh quotient by the min-max principle:
λ ε = min u ∈ H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) ∖ { 0 } ∫ Ω ε ∣ ∇ u ∣ 2 ∫ Ω ε ∣ u ∣ 2 , \lambda_\varepsilon=\min_{u\in H^1_{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon)\setminus\{0\}}\frac{\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|\nabla u|^2}{\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|u|^2}, λ ε = u ∈ H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) ∖ { 0 } min ∫ Ω ε ∣ u ∣ 2 ∫ Ω ε ∣∇ u ∣ 2 ,
where H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) H^1_{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon) H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) is the domain of q ε q_\varepsilon q ε , the quadratic form associated with L ε \mathcal{L}_\varepsilon L ε defined in (5) . This shows that λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε is nonnegative. For every k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , as ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω is smooth, for all x x x in a neighborhood of x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) , it holds
∣ x − x ( k ) ∣ ≤ d ∂ Ω ( x , x ( k ) ) . |x-x^{(k)}|\le d_{\partial\Omega}(x,x^{(k)}). ∣ x − x ( k ) ∣ ≤ d ∂ Ω ( x , x ( k ) ) .
Therefore, one has that Γ k ε ⊂ B ( x ( k ) , r ε ( k ) ) ∩ ∂ Ω \Gamma_k^\varepsilon\subset B\left(x^{(k)},r_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)\cap\partial\Omega Γ k ε ⊂ B ( x ( k ) , r ε ( k ) ) ∩ ∂ Ω . Consider now the space of the H 1 ( Ω ε ) H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) H 1 ( Ω ε ) functions that vanish on half-balls inside the domain H B ε 1 ( Ω ε ) H^1_{\mathcal{B}_\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon) H B ε 1 ( Ω ε ) with
B ε = ⋃ k = 1 N B ( x ( k ) , r ε ( k ) ) ∩ Ω ε . \mathcal{B}_\varepsilon=\bigcup_{k=1}^{N}B\left(x^{(k)},r_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)\cap\Omega_\varepsilon. B ε = k = 1 ⋃ N B ( x ( k ) , r ε ( k ) ) ∩ Ω ε .
It is clear, by extending the functions by 0 0 0 , that H B ε 1 ( Ω ε ) ⊂ H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) H^1_{\mathcal{B}_\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon)\subset H^1_{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon) H B ε 1 ( Ω ε ) ⊂ H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) , therefore,
λ ε ≤ min u ∈ H B ε 1 ( Ω ε ) ∖ { 0 } ∫ Ω ε ∣ ∇ u ∣ 2 ∫ Ω ε ∣ u ∣ 2 = min u ∈ H B ε 1 ( Ω ε ) ∖ { 0 } ∫ Ω ε ∖ B ε ∣ ∇ u ∣ 2 ∫ Ω ε ∖ B ε ∣ u ∣ 2 . (20) \lambda_\varepsilon\le\min_{u\in H^1_{\mathcal{B}_\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon)\setminus\{0\}}\frac{\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|\nabla u|^2}{\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|u|^2}
=\min_{u\in H^1_{\mathcal{B}_\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon)\setminus\{0\}}\frac{\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon\setminus\mathcal{B}_\varepsilon}|\nabla u|^2}{\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon\setminus\mathcal{B}_\varepsilon}|u|^2}. \tag*{(20)} λ ε ≤ u ∈ H B ε 1 ( Ω ε ) ∖ { 0 } min ∫ Ω ε ∣ u ∣ 2 ∫ Ω ε ∣∇ u ∣ 2 = u ∈ H B ε 1 ( Ω ε ) ∖ { 0 } min ∫ Ω ε ∖ B ε ∣ u ∣ 2 ∫ Ω ε ∖ B ε ∣∇ u ∣ 2 . (20)
Notice that the right-hand side of (20) is exactly the Rayleigh quotient of the eigenvalue associated with the problem with (Type A) holes, described in § 3.1 . In Proposition 3.1, we showed that the eigenvalue of the (Type A) tends to 0 0 0 as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , therefore, it is also the case for λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε here considered as it is nonnegative.
We now move on to building the quasi-mode φ ε \varphi_\varepsilon φ ε that verifies Hypothesis 2.1 in this setting, using again the Green function G G G of the Laplacian on Ω \Omega Ω with Neumann boundary condition. For k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , denote
ρ ε ( k ) : y ∈ Γ k ε ↦ ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − d ∂ Ω ( y , x ( k ) ) 2 ) − 1 2 , \rho_\varepsilon^{(k)}:y\in\Gamma_k^\varepsilon\mapsto\left(\left(r_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)^2-d_{\partial\Omega}(y,x^{(k)})^2\right)^{-\frac{1}{2}}, ρ ε ( k ) : y ∈ Γ k ε ↦ ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − d ∂ Ω ( y , x ( k ) ) 2 ) − 2 1 ,
and
ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = 2 π ∫ Γ k ε ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) G ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } . (21) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}(x)=\frac{2}{\pi}\int_{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon}\rho_\varepsilon^{(k)}(y)G(x,y)\,d\sigma(y),\qquad k\in\{1,\ldots,N\}. \tag*{(21)} ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = π 2 ∫ Γ k ε ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) G ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } . (21)
We can now show that Hypothesis 2.1 holds for ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) , and derive the main results from this section.
Proposition 3.3. The functions ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) defined in (21) verify Hypothesis 2.1 with
K ε ( k ) = r ε ( k ) , K ‾ ε = r ‾ ε , C = 4 ∣ Ω ∣ , E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ‾ ε ∣ log ( K ‾ ε ) ∣ , E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ‾ ε . K_\varepsilon^{(k)}=r_\varepsilon^{(k)},\qquad\overline{K}_\varepsilon=\overline{r}_\varepsilon,\qquad C=\frac{4}{|\Omega|},\qquad\mathcal{E}_1\left(\left(K_\varepsilon^{(j)}\right)_{j=1}^{N}\right)=\overline{K}_\varepsilon|\log(\overline{K}_\varepsilon)|,\qquad\mathcal{E}_2\left(\left(K_\varepsilon^{(j)}\right)_{j=1}^{N}\right)=\overline{K}_\varepsilon. K ε ( k ) = r ε ( k ) , K ε = r ε , C = ∣Ω∣ 4 , E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ε ∣ log ( K ε ) ∣ , E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ε . Furthermore, the mean exit time and exit position of the reflected Brownian motion ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε killed on the holes defined in (Type B) are given by
E ν ε [ τ ε ] = ∣ Ω ∣ r ‾ ε 1 1 + O ( E ( r ‾ ε ) ) , (22) \mathbb{E}_{\nu_\varepsilon}[\tau_\varepsilon]=\frac{|\Omega|}{\overline{r}_\varepsilon}\frac{1}{1+O\left(\mathcal{E}(\overline{r}_\varepsilon)\right)}, \tag*{(22)} E ν ε [ τ ε ] = r ε ∣Ω∣ 1 + O ( E ( r ε ) ) 1 , (22) with E : x ↦ x ∣ log ( x ) ∣ \mathcal{E}:x\mapsto x|\log(x)| E : x ↦ x ∣ log ( x ) ∣ . The exit position is independent of the exit time, and is distributed as, for k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N }
P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = r ε ( k ) r ‾ ε + O ( E ( r ‾ ε ) ) . (23) \mathbb{P}_{\nu_\varepsilon}(\kappa_\varepsilon=k)=\frac{r_\varepsilon^{(k)}}{\overline{r}_\varepsilon}+O\left(\mathcal{E}(\overline{r}_\varepsilon)\right). \tag*{(23)} P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = r ε r ε ( k ) + O ( E ( r ε ) ) . (23)
Proof. In the light of Lemma 3.2, we only need to show that the functions ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) verify Hypothesis 2.1 to show the results on the mean exit time and exit position. Fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k \in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } .
PDE. The proof relies on the results from Lemma C.4 . Indeed, by the (Integrability) estimate of Lemma D.1, ρ ε ( k ) ∈ L 4 ( Γ ‾ ε ( k ) ) \rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} \in L^4(\overline{\Gamma}_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}) ρ ε ( k ) ∈ L 4 ( Γ ε ( k ) ) , although ρ ε ( k ) ∉ L 2 ( Γ ‾ ε ( k ) ) \rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} \notin L^2(\overline{\Gamma}_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}) ρ ε ( k ) ∈ / L 2 ( Γ ε ( k ) ) . Therefore, by Lemma C.4 with p = 4 / 3 p=4/3 p = 4/3 , ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) belongs to H 1 ( Ω ) H^1(\Omega) H 1 ( Ω ) and is the weak solution of the following PDE:
{ Δ ψ ε ( k ) = 2 π ∣ Ω ∣ ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) d σ ( y ) in Ω , ∂ n ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = 2 π ρ ε ( k ) ( x ) 1 Γ ε ( k ) ( x ) for x ∈ ∂ Ω . (24) \begin{cases}
\Delta\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}=\dfrac{2}{\pi|\Omega|}\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y) & \text{in }\Omega,\\
\partial_n\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(x)=\dfrac{2}{\pi}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(x)\mathbf{1}_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}(x) & \text{for }x\in\partial\Omega. \tag*{(24)}
\end{cases} ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ Δ ψ ε ( k ) = π ∣Ω∣ 2 ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) d σ ( y ) ∂ n ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = π 2 ρ ε ( k ) ( x ) 1 Γ ε ( k ) ( x ) in Ω , for x ∈ ∂ Ω. (24)
It is clear from (24) that ∂ n ψ ε ( k ) = 0 \partial_n\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}=0 ∂ n ψ ε ( k ) = 0 on Γ N ε \Gamma_{\mathcal{N}}^\varepsilon Γ N ε as Γ N ε ∩ Γ D ε = ∅ \Gamma_{\mathcal{N}}^\varepsilon\cap\Gamma_{\mathcal{D}}^\varepsilon=\varnothing Γ N ε ∩ Γ D ε = ∅ . Moreover, notice that the following integral has been computed in Lemma D.1, and
∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) d σ ( y ) = 2 π r ε ( k ) , so that Δ ψ ε ( k ) = 4 ∣ Ω ∣ r ε ( k ) . \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)=2\pi r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)},\qquad\text{so that}\qquad\Delta\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}=\frac{4}{|\Omega|}r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}. ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) d σ ( y ) = 2 π r ε ( k ) , so that Δ ψ ε ( k ) = ∣Ω∣ 4 r ε ( k ) .
Continuity on Γ ‾ D ε \overline{\Gamma}_{\mathcal{D}}^\varepsilon Γ D ε . By Lemma D.2, ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) is continuous on Γ ‾ D ε \overline{\Gamma}_{\mathcal{D}}^\varepsilon Γ D ε , so that ψ ε ( k ) ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) ∩ C 0 ( Γ ‾ D ε ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\in H^1(\Omega)\cap C^0(\overline{\Gamma}_{\mathcal{D}}^\varepsilon) ψ ε ( k ) ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) ∩ C 0 ( Γ D ε ) , as required by Hypothesis 2.1 .
Dirichlet estimate. Take x ∈ Γ ε ( k ) x\in\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} x ∈ Γ ε ( k ) , then, using Lemma C.3 for r ε ( k ) r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} r ε ( k ) small enough, one can decompose ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) as
ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = 2 π ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) 1 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) + 2 π ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) g ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) , (25) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(x)=\frac{2}{\pi}\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\frac{1}{2\pi|x-y|}\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)+\frac{2}{\pi}\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}g(x,y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y), \tag*{(25)} ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = π 2 ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ 1 d σ ( y ) + π 2 ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) g ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) , (25)
where g ( x , y ) g(x,y) g ( x , y ) is bounded by O ( ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣ ∣ ) O(|\log|x-y||) O ( ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣∣ ) in the limit ∣ x − y ∣ → 0 |x-y|\to0 ∣ x − y ∣ → 0 . Both integrals in (25) have been computed in Lemma D.1. Indeed, by the (Newtonian potential) estimate from Lemma D.1,
2 π ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) 1 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = 2 π π 2 + O ( r ε ( k ) ) . (26) \frac{2}{\pi}\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\frac{1}{2\pi|x-y|}\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)=\frac{2}{\pi}\frac{\pi}{2}+O(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}). \tag*{(26)} π 2 ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ 1 d σ ( y ) = π 2 2 π + O ( r ε ( k ) ) . (26)
By the (Logarithmic potential) estimate from Lemma D.1,
∣ ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) g ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) ∣ ≤ C ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣ ∣ d σ ( y ) = O ( r ε ( k ) ∣ log ( r ε ( k ) ) ∣ ) . (27) \left|\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}g(x,y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)\right|\le C\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}|\log|x-y||\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)=O(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}|\log(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})|). \tag*{(27)} ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) g ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) ≤ C ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣∣ d σ ( y ) = O ( r ε ( k ) ∣ log ( r ε ( k ) ) ∣ ) . (27)
Combining (25) , (26) and (27) leads to
ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = 1 + O ( r ε ( k ) ) + O ( r ε ( k ) ∣ log ( r ε ( k ) ) ∣ ) = 1 + O ( r ε ( k ) ∣ log ( r ε ( k ) ) ∣ ) , for all x ∈ Γ ε ( k ) . \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(x)=1+O(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})+O(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}|\log(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})|)=1+O(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}|\log(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})|),\qquad\text{for all }x\in\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}. ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = 1 + O ( r ε ( k ) ) + O ( r ε ( k ) ∣ log ( r ε ( k ) ) ∣ ) = 1 + O ( r ε ( k ) ∣ log ( r ε ( k ) ) ∣ ) , for all x ∈ Γ ε ( k ) .
Now take x ∈ Γ ε ( j ) x\in\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(j)} x ∈ Γ ε ( j ) for j ≠ k j\ne k j = k . As the holes are well separated, G ( x , ⋅ ) G(x,\cdot) G ( x , ⋅ ) is bounded on Γ ε ( k ) \Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} Γ ε ( k ) uniformly in x x x and ε \varepsilon ε , so that, by the (mass) integral from Lemma D.1, ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = O ( r ε ( k ) ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(x)=O(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}) ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = O ( r ε ( k ) ) . Since x ↦ x ∣ log ( x ) ∣ x\mapsto x|\log(x)| x ↦ x ∣ log ( x ) ∣ is increasing on ( 0 , e − 1 ) (0,\mathrm{e}^{-1}) ( 0 , e − 1 ) and r ε ( k ) ≤ r ‾ ε r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\le\overline{r}_{\varepsilon} r ε ( k ) ≤ r ε , this shows that
∥ ψ ε ( k ) − 1 Γ ε ( k ) ∥ L ∞ ( Γ D ε ) = O ( r ‾ ε ∣ log ( r ‾ ε ) ∣ ) , \left\|\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}-\mathbf{1}_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\right\|_{L^\infty(\Gamma_{\mathcal{D}}^\varepsilon)}=O(\overline{r}_{\varepsilon}|\log(\overline{r}_{\varepsilon})|), ψ ε ( k ) − 1 Γ ε ( k ) L ∞ ( Γ D ε ) = O ( r ε ∣ log ( r ε ) ∣ ) ,
which is the Dirichlet condition in (PDE) with E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = r ‾ ε ∣ log ( r ‾ ε ) ∣ \mathcal{E}_1((K_{\varepsilon}^{(j)})_{j=1}^N)=\overline{r}_{\varepsilon}|\log(\overline{r}_{\varepsilon})| E 1 (( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = r ε ∣ log ( r ε ) ∣ .
Normalization. Using the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality between ρ ε ( k ) \sqrt{\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}} ρ ε ( k ) and ρ ε ( k ) G ( x , ⋅ ) \sqrt{\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}G(x,\cdot) ρ ε ( k ) G ( x , ⋅ ) , one has that, for x ∈ Ω x\in\Omega x ∈ Ω ,
( ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) G ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) ) 2 ≤ ( ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) d σ ( y ) ) ( ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) G ( x , y ) 2 d σ ( y ) ) . (28) \left(\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)G(x,y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)\right)^2\le\left(\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)\right)\left(\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)G(x,y)^2\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)\right). \tag*{(28)} ( ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) G ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) ) 2 ≤ ( ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) d σ ( y ) ) ( ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) G ( x , y ) 2 d σ ( y ) ) . (28)
It is clear by (mass) from Lemma D.1 that the first integral in the right-hand side is O ( r ε ( k ) ) O\left(r_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right) O ( r ε ( k ) ) in the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 . Integrating over x ∈ Ω x \in\Omega x ∈ Ω and using Fubini–Tonelli,
∫ Ω ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) G ( x , y ) 2 d σ ( y ) d x = ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) ( ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) 2 d x ) d σ ( y ) . (29) \int_{\Omega}\int_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^{(k)}} \rho_\varepsilon^{(k)}(y)G(x,y)^2\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)\,\mathrm{d}x
=
\int_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^{(k)}} \rho_\varepsilon^{(k)}(y)\left(\int_{\Omega}G(x,y)^2\,\mathrm{d}x\right)\mathrm{d}\sigma(y). \tag*{(29)} ∫ Ω ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) G ( x , y ) 2 d σ ( y ) d x = ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) ( ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) 2 d x ) d σ ( y ) . (29)
Using (28) , (29) , Lemma C.5 and (mass) from Lemma D.1, one has that there exists a constant C > 0 C>0 C > 0 such that
∥ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) 2 = 4 π 2 ∫ Ω ( ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) G ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) ) 2 d x ≤ C ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 , (30) \left\|\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right\|_{L^2(\Omega)}^2
=
\frac{4}{\pi^2}\int_{\Omega}\left(\int_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^{(k)}}\rho_\varepsilon^{(k)}(y)G(x,y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)\right)^2\mathrm{d}x
\leq C\left(r_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)^2, \tag*{(30)} ψ ε ( k ) L 2 ( Ω ) 2 = π 2 4 ∫ Ω ( ∫ Γ ε ( k ) ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) G ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) ) 2 d x ≤ C ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 , (30)
so that ∥ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) = O ( r ‾ ε ) \left\|\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right\|_{L^2(\Omega)}=O\left(\overline{r}_\varepsilon\right) ψ ε ( k ) L 2 ( Ω ) = O ( r ε ) . This shows that (Norm) is satisfied with E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = r ‾ ε E_2\left(\left(K_\varepsilon^{(j)}\right)_{j=1}^N\right)=\overline{r}_\varepsilon E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = r ε .
Slit-like holes
In this section, we consider the case of slit-like holes defined in Type C, whose half-width w ε ( k ) w_\varepsilon^{(k)} w ε ( k ) is the natural small parameter of this section.
In particular, the foci of these ellipsoids are located at the tips s x + t x ( k ) = ± ℓ k s_x+t_x^{(k)}=\pm\ell_k s x + t x ( k ) = ± ℓ k of the slit, which makes the computations explicit (see Lemma D.3). Finally, notice that the underlying domain Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε is then modified as
Ω ε = Ω ∖ ⋃ k = 1 N { x ∈ Ω ‾ | ( s x + t x ( k ) ) 2 ( a ε ( k ) ) 2 + ∣ ρ x ( k ) ∣ 2 ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 ≤ 1 } . \Omega_\varepsilon=\Omega\setminus\bigcup_{k=1}^{N}\left\{x\in\overline{\Omega}\,\middle|\,\frac{\left(s_x+t_x^{(k)}\right)^2}{\left(a_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)^2}+\frac{\left|\rho_x^{(k)}\right|^2}{\left(w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)^2}\leq1\right\}. Ω ε = Ω ∖ k = 1 ⋃ N ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ x ∈ Ω ( a ε ( k ) ) 2 ( s x + t x ( k ) ) 2 + ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 ρ x ( k ) 2 ≤ 1 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ .
We are now in a position to introduce a quasi-mode φ ε \varphi_\varepsilon φ ε that verifies Hypothesis 2.1 in this setting. For k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , denote
ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = π ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ∫ H k G ( x , y ) d y , x ∈ Ω , (31) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}(x)=\frac{\pi}{\left|\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right|}\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}G(x,y)\,\mathrm{d}y,\qquad x\in\Omega, \tag*{(31)} ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = log w ε ( k ) π ∫ H k G ( x , y ) d y , x ∈ Ω , (31)
where G G G is, as in § 3 , the Green function of the Laplacian on Ω \Omega Ω with Neumann boundary condition of Definition C.1 . The construction of ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) is very similar to the one used in § 3.2 : a single-layer potential built from G G G . The main difference is that the layer is here supported on the curves H k \mathcal{H}_k H k (with their arc-length measure d y \mathrm{d}y d y ), instead of the two-dimensional patches Γ ε ( k ) \Gamma_\varepsilon^{(k)} Γ ε ( k ) of § 3.2 . This drastically changes the behavior of the singularity of the quasi-mode close to the holes.
Let us first check that the functions ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) verify the (PDE) and (Norm) conditions of Hypothesis 2.1 .
Lemma 4.1. The functions ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) defined in (31) verify (PDE) and (Norm) of Hypothesis 2.1 with
K ε ( k ) = ℓ k ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ , C = 2 π ∣ Ω ∣ , E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ‾ ε . K_\varepsilon^{(k)}=\frac{\ell_k}{\left|\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right|},\qquad C=\frac{2\pi}{|\Omega|},\qquad E_1\left(\left(K_\varepsilon^{(j)}\right)_{j=1}^{N}\right)=E_2\left(\left(K_\varepsilon^{(j)}\right)_{j=1}^{N}\right)=\overline{K}_\varepsilon. K ε ( k ) = log w ε ( k ) ℓ k , C = ∣Ω∣ 2 π , E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ε . Proof. Fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } .
PDE. Fix ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 . By construction of Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε , the closure Ω ‾ ε \overline{\Omega}_\varepsilon Ω ε stays at a positive distance from the slit: in the coordinates (7) , every point of the half-spheroid Γ ε ( k ) \Gamma_\varepsilon^{(k)} Γ ε ( k ) is at a positive distance from H k \mathcal{H}_k H k , bounded below by some constant depending only on w ε ( k ) w_\varepsilon^{(k)} w ε ( k ) and the geometry of H k \mathcal{H}_k H k , so that
δ ε = dist ( Ω ‾ ε , H k ) > 0. \delta_\varepsilon=\operatorname{dist}\left(\overline{\Omega}_\varepsilon,\mathcal{H}_k\right)>0. δ ε = dist ( Ω ε , H k ) > 0. By Lemma C.2 (extended by continuity to Ω ‾ ε \overline{\Omega}_\varepsilon Ω ε ), ∣ G ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ K δ ε − 1 |G(x,y)|\leq K\delta_\varepsilon^{-1} ∣ G ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ K δ ε − 1 and ∣ ∇ x G ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ K δ ε − 2 |\nabla_xG(x,y)|\leq K\delta_\varepsilon^{-2} ∣ ∇ x G ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ K δ ε − 2 for all x ∈ Ω ‾ ε x\in\overline{\Omega}_\varepsilon x ∈ Ω ε and y ∈ H k y\in\mathcal{H}_k y ∈ H k . Hence, by dominated convergence, ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) is continuous on Ω ‾ ε \overline{\Omega}_\varepsilon Ω ε , and, differentiating under the integral sign in (31) , ψ ε ( k ) ∈ W 1 , ∞ ( Ω ε ) ⊂ H 1 ( Ω ε ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\in W^{1,\infty}(\Omega_\varepsilon)\subset H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) ψ ε ( k ) ∈ W 1 , ∞ ( Ω ε ) ⊂ H 1 ( Ω ε ) . Moreover, for each y ∈ H k y\in\mathcal{H}_k y ∈ H k , G ( ⋅ , y ) G(\cdot,y) G ( ⋅ , y ) is smooth on Ω ‾ ε \overline{\Omega}_\varepsilon Ω ε , with Δ x G ( ⋅ , y ) = 1 / ∣ Ω ∣ \Delta_xG(\cdot,y)=1/|\Omega| Δ x G ( ⋅ , y ) = 1/∣Ω∣ in Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε and ∂ n G ( ⋅ , y ) = 0 \partial_nG(\cdot,y)=0 ∂ n G ( ⋅ , y ) = 0 on Γ N ε \Gamma_{\mathcal{N}}^\varepsilon Γ N ε by Definition C.1 . Integrating these relations in y ∈ H k y\in\mathcal{H}_k y ∈ H k against test functions, with the Fubini theorem justified by the above bounds, shows that ψ ε ( k ) ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) ∩ C 0 ( Γ ‾ D ε ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon)\cap C^0(\overline{\Gamma}_{\mathcal{D}}^\varepsilon) ψ ε ( k ) ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) ∩ C 0 ( Γ D ε ) satisfies, in the weak sense,
Δ ψ ε ( k ) = π ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ∫ H k 1 ∣ Ω ∣ d y = π ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ 2 ℓ k ∣ Ω ∣ = C K ε ( k ) in Ω ε , ∂ n ψ ε ( k ) = 0 on Γ N ε , \Delta\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}
=
\frac{\pi}{\left|\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right|}\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}\frac{1}{|\Omega|}\,\mathrm{d}y
=
\frac{\pi}{\left|\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right|}\frac{2\ell_k}{|\Omega|}
=
CK_\varepsilon^{(k)}
\quad\text{in }\Omega_\varepsilon,\qquad
\partial_n\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}=0\quad\text{on }\Gamma_{\mathcal{N}}^\varepsilon, Δ ψ ε ( k ) = log w ε ( k ) π ∫ H k ∣Ω∣ 1 d y = log w ε ( k ) π ∣Ω∣ 2 ℓ k = C K ε ( k ) in Ω ε , ∂ n ψ ε ( k ) = 0 on Γ N ε ,
where we used ∫ H k d y = 2 ℓ k \int_{\mathcal{H}_k}dy=2\ell_k ∫ H k d y = 2 ℓ k , and Γ N ε ⊂ ∂ Ω ∖ H k \Gamma^\varepsilon_N\subset\partial\Omega\setminus\mathcal{H}_k Γ N ε ⊂ ∂ Ω ∖ H k for the Neumann condition.
Dirichlet estimate. The proof of this estimate is postponed to Lemma D.3 in the appendix below, where we show that
∫ H k G ( x , y ) d y = 1 π ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ + O ( 1 ) , x ∈ Γ k ε (32) \int_{\mathcal{H}_k}G(x,y)\,dy=\frac{1}{\pi}\lvert\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\rvert+O(1),\qquad x\in\Gamma_k^\varepsilon \tag*{(32)} ∫ H k G ( x , y ) d y = π 1 ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ + O ( 1 ) , x ∈ Γ k ε (32)
so that, by the very choice of the prefactor π / ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ \pi/\lvert\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\rvert π / ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ in (31) ,
ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = 1 + O ( 1 ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ) , x ∈ Γ k ε . (33) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}(x)=1+O\left(\frac{1}{\lvert\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\rvert}\right),\qquad x\in\Gamma_k^\varepsilon. \tag*{(33)} ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = 1 + O ( ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ 1 ) , x ∈ Γ k ε . (33)
As the curves H j \mathcal{H}_j H j are pairwise disjoint, hence at a positive distance from one another that does not vanish as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , for j ≠ k j\ne k j = k the integral in (32) is bounded uniformly for x ∈ Γ j ε x\in\Gamma_j^\varepsilon x ∈ Γ j ε . Therefore,
ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = O ( 1 ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ) , x ∈ Γ D ε ∖ Γ k ε . (34) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}(x)=O\left(\frac{1}{\lvert\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\rvert}\right),\qquad x\in\Gamma_D^\varepsilon\setminus\Gamma_k^\varepsilon. \tag*{(34)} ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) = O ( ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ 1 ) , x ∈ Γ D ε ∖ Γ k ε . (34)
The Dirichlet estimate follows from (33) and (34) .
Normalization. Notice from Lemma C.5 that
sup y ∈ ∂ Ω ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) 2 d x ≤ M < + ∞ , \sup_{y\in\partial\Omega}\int_\Omega G(x,y)^2\,dx\le M<+\infty, y ∈ ∂ Ω sup ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) 2 d x ≤ M < + ∞ ,
where M M M is a constant independent of ε \varepsilon ε . Thus, the L 2 L^2 L 2 norm of ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) satisfies
∥ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ π ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ( ∫ Ω ε ( ∫ H k G ( x , y ) d y ) 2 d x ) 1 2 . (35) \left\|\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}
\le\frac{\pi}{\lvert\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\rvert}
\left(\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\left(\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}G(x,y)\,dy\right)^2dx\right)^{\frac12}. \tag*{(35)} ψ ε ( k ) L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ π ( ∫ Ω ε ( ∫ H k G ( x , y ) d y ) 2 d x ) 2 1 . (35)
Using the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, the inclusion Ω ε ⊂ Ω \Omega_\varepsilon\subset\Omega Ω ε ⊂ Ω , and Fubini–Tonelli, we can bound the integral in (35) by constants independent of ε \varepsilon ε . Hence,
∥ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = O ( 1 ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ) = O ( K ‾ ε ) , \left\|\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}
=O\left(\frac{1}{\lvert\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\rvert}\right)
=O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon), ψ ε ( k ) L 2 ( Ω ε ) = O ( ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ 1 ) = O ( K ε ) ,
which is (Norm) with E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ‾ ε \mathcal{E}_2((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N})=\overline{K}_\varepsilon E 2 (( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ε . By the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality applied to y ↦ 1 y\mapsto1 y ↦ 1 and y ↦ G ( x , y ) y\mapsto G(x,y) y ↦ G ( x , y ) on H k \mathcal{H}_k H k , for x ∈ Ω ε x\in\Omega_\varepsilon x ∈ Ω ε ,
( ∫ H k G ( x , y ) d y ) 2 ≤ ∣ H k ∣ ∫ H k G ( x , y ) 2 d y = 2 ℓ k ∫ H k G ( x , y ) 2 d y . \left(\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}G(x,y)\,dy\right)^2
\le\lvert\mathcal{H}_k\rvert\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}G(x,y)^2\,dy
=2\ell_k\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}G(x,y)^2\,dy. ( ∫ H k G ( x , y ) d y ) 2 ≤ ∣ H k ∣ ∫ H k G ( x , y ) 2 d y = 2 ℓ k ∫ H k G ( x , y ) 2 d y .
Integrating over x ∈ Ω ε ⊂ Ω x\in\Omega_\varepsilon\subset\Omega x ∈ Ω ε ⊂ Ω , using Fubini–Tonelli and Lemma C.5 ,
∫ Ω ε ( ∫ H k G ( x , y ) d y ) 2 d x ≤ 2 ℓ k ∫ H k ( ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) 2 d x ) d y ≤ 2 ℓ k ∫ H k M d y = 4 M ℓ k 2 , \int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\left(\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}G(x,y)\,dy\right)^2dx
\le2\ell_k\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}\left(\int_\Omega G(x,y)^2\,dx\right)dy
\le2\ell_k\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}M\,dy=4M\ell_k^2, ∫ Ω ε ( ∫ H k G ( x , y ) d y ) 2 d x ≤ 2 ℓ k ∫ H k ( ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) 2 d x ) d y ≤ 2 ℓ k ∫ H k M d y = 4 M ℓ k 2 ,
so that ∥ u k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) = O ( 1 ) \|u_k\|_{L^2(\Omega)}=O(1) ∥ u k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) = O ( 1 ) , a constant independent of ε \varepsilon ε – as could be expected, since u k u_k u k itself does not depend on ε \varepsilon ε , only the prefactor in front of it does. Hence,
∥ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ π ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ∥ u k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) = O ( 1 ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ) = O ( K ‾ ε ) , \left\|\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}
\le\frac{\pi}{\lvert\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\rvert}\|u_k\|_{L^2(\Omega)}
=O\left(\frac{1}{\lvert\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\rvert}\right)
=O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon), ψ ε ( k ) L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ π ∥ u k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) = O ( ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ 1 ) = O ( K ε ) ,
which is (Norm) with E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ‾ ε \mathcal{E}_2((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N})=\overline{K}_\varepsilon E 2 (( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = K ε .
It remains to check that the eigenvalue λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε tends to 0 0 0 , and we can then conclude with the main result of this section.
Proposition 4.2. Consider the reflected Brownian motion ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε killed on the holes defined in (Type C), then, in the limit as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , the mean exit time is given by
E ν ε [ τ ε ] = ∣ Ω ∣ 2 π 1 K ‾ ε ( 1 + O ( K ‾ ε ) ) . (36) \mathbb{E}_{\nu_\varepsilon}[\tau_\varepsilon] = \frac{|\Omega|}{2\pi}\frac{1}{\overline{K}_\varepsilon}\left(1+O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon)\right). \tag*{(36)} E ν ε [ τ ε ] = 2 π ∣Ω∣ K ε 1 ( 1 + O ( K ε ) ) . (36) Then the exit position is independent of the exit time, and is distributed as, for k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k \in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } ,
P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = K ε ( k ) K ε + O ( K ‾ ε ) . (37) \mathbb{P}_{\nu_\varepsilon}(\kappa_\varepsilon=k)=\frac{K_\varepsilon^{(k)}}{K_\varepsilon}+O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon). \tag*{(37)} P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = K ε K ε ( k ) + O ( K ε ) . (37)
Proof. In view of Lemma 4.1 , it remains to prove that λ ε → 0 \lambda_\varepsilon\to0 λ ε → 0 as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 to be able to apply Theorem 2.2 . As in Lemma 3.2, we rely on the Rayleigh quotient
λ ε = min u ∈ H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) ∖ { 0 } ∫ Ω ε ∣ ∇ u ∣ 2 ∫ Ω ε ∣ u ∣ 2 . (38) \lambda_\varepsilon=\min_{u\in H^1_{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon)\setminus\{0\}}\frac{\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|\nabla u|^2}{\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|u|^2}. \tag*{(38)} λ ε = u ∈ H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) ∖ { 0 } min ∫ Ω ε ∣ u ∣ 2 ∫ Ω ε ∣∇ u ∣ 2 . (38)
As φ ε \varphi_\varepsilon φ ε , the quasi-mode defined in (16) using the ( ψ ε ( k ) ) k = 1 N (\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)})_{k=1}^N ( ψ ε ( k ) ) k = 1 N of (31) , belongs to H 1 ( Ω ε ) H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) H 1 ( Ω ε ) but does not vanish on Γ D ε \Gamma_D^\varepsilon Γ D ε , we cannot use it directly as a trial function; we replicate here the techniques used in [38 Proof of item (ii) of Theorem 1.2] , and consider, for α > 0 \alpha>0 α > 0 ,
φ ε α ( x ) = 1 − α ∑ k = 1 N ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) . \varphi_\varepsilon^\alpha(x)=1-\alpha\sum_{k=1}^N\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}(x). φ ε α ( x ) = 1 − α k = 1 ∑ N ψ ε ( k ) ( x ) .
By the Dirichlet estimate of Lemma 4.1 , ∑ k = 1 N ψ ε ( k ) = 1 + O ( K ‾ ε ) \sum_{k=1}^N\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}=1+O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon) ∑ k = 1 N ψ ε ( k ) = 1 + O ( K ε ) on Γ D ε \Gamma_D^\varepsilon Γ D ε , so
φ ε α = ( 1 − α ) + α O ( K ‾ ε ) , uniformly on Γ D ε . \varphi_\varepsilon^\alpha=(1-\alpha)+\alpha O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon),\qquad\text{uniformly on }\Gamma_D^\varepsilon. φ ε α = ( 1 − α ) + α O ( K ε ) , uniformly on Γ D ε .
Hence, for a fixed α ∗ > 1 \alpha^*>1 α ∗ > 1 (e.g. α ∗ = 2 \alpha^*=2 α ∗ = 2 ), and ε \varepsilon ε small enough, φ ε α ∗ \varphi_\varepsilon^{\alpha^*} φ ε α ∗ is (strictly) negative on Γ D ε \Gamma_D^\varepsilon Γ D ε . Denote φ ε α ∗ = ( φ ε α ∗ ) + \varphi_\varepsilon^{\alpha^*}=(\varphi_\varepsilon^{\alpha^*})_+ φ ε α ∗ = ( φ ε α ∗ ) + the positive part of φ ε α ∗ \varphi_\varepsilon^{\alpha^*} φ ε α ∗ : as it vanishes on Γ D ε \Gamma_D^\varepsilon Γ D ε , it belongs to the form domain H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) H^1_{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon) H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) .
By the same computation as in the normalization part of the proof of Lemma 4.1 (with the extra factor α ∗ \alpha^* α ∗ ),
∥ φ ε α ∗ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 = ∣ Ω ε ∣ + O ( K ‾ ε ) . (39) \|\varphi_\varepsilon^{\alpha^*}\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2=|\Omega_\varepsilon|+O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon). \tag*{(39)} ∥ φ ε α ∗ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 = ∣ Ω ε ∣ + O ( K ε ) . (39)
For the gradient, using ∇ φ ε α ∗ = − α ∗ ∑ k = 1 N ∇ ψ ε ( k ) \nabla\varphi_\varepsilon^{\alpha^*}=-\alpha^*\sum_{k=1}^N\nabla\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ∇ φ ε α ∗ = − α ∗ ∑ k = 1 N ∇ ψ ε ( k ) , the discrete Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and Lemma C.2 to bound ∣ ∇ x G ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ K ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 |\nabla_xG(x,y)|\leq K|x-y|^{-2} ∣ ∇ x G ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ K ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 ,
∫ Ω ε ∣ ∇ φ ε α ∗ ∣ 2 ≤ ∫ Ω ε ∣ ∇ φ ε α ∗ ∣ 2 ≤ N ( α ∗ ) 2 ∑ k = 1 N π 2 ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ 2 ∫ Ω ε ( ∫ H k K ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 d y ) 2 d x . \int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|\nabla\varphi_\varepsilon^{\alpha^*}|^2\leq\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|\nabla\varphi_\varepsilon^{\alpha^*}|^2\leq N(\alpha^*)^2\sum_{k=1}^N\frac{\pi^2}{|\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}|^2}\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\left(\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}K|x-y|^{-2}\,dy\right)^2dx. ∫ Ω ε ∣∇ φ ε α ∗ ∣ 2 ≤ ∫ Ω ε ∣∇ φ ε α ∗ ∣ 2 ≤ N ( α ∗ ) 2 k = 1 ∑ N ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ 2 π 2 ∫ Ω ε ( ∫ H k K ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 d y ) 2 d x .
Fix k k k . Since H k \mathcal{H}_k H k is a smooth embedded arc, ∫ H k ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 d y ≤ C d ( x , H k ) − 1 \int_{\mathcal{H}_k}|x-y|^{-2}\,dy\leq C d(x,\mathcal{H}_k)^{-1} ∫ H k ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 d y ≤ C d ( x , H k ) − 1 . The points of the spheroid closest to H k \mathcal{H}_k H k are its tips, at distance a ε ( k ) − ℓ k = ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 / ( a ε ( k ) + ℓ k ) a_\varepsilon^{(k)}-\ell_k=(w_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2/(a_\varepsilon^{(k)}+\ell_k) a ε ( k ) − ℓ k = ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 / ( a ε ( k ) + ℓ k ) by (8) , so that d ( x , H k ) ≥ c ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 d(x,\mathcal{H}_k)\geq c(w_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2 d ( x , H k ) ≥ c ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 for x ∈ Ω ε x\in\Omega_\varepsilon x ∈ Ω ε . As ∣ { x ∈ R 3 ∣ d ( x , H k ) < t } ∣ ≤ C t 2 |\{x\in\mathbb{R}^3\mid d(x,\mathcal{H}_k)<t\}|\leq Ct^2 ∣ { x ∈ R 3 ∣ d ( x , H k ) < t } ∣ ≤ C t 2 , it holds that
∫ Ω ε ( ∫ H k K ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 d y ) 2 d x ≤ C ∫ Ω ε d ( x , H k ) − 2 d x ≤ C ∫ c ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 r 0 d t t + C = O ( ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ) , \int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\left(\int_{\mathcal{H}_k}K|x-y|^{-2}\,dy\right)^2dx\leq C\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}d(x,\mathcal{H}_k)^{-2}dx\leq C\int_{c(w_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2}^{r_0}\frac{dt}{t}+C=O\left(|\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}|\right), ∫ Ω ε ( ∫ H k K ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 d y ) 2 d x ≤ C ∫ Ω ε d ( x , H k ) − 2 d x ≤ C ∫ c ( w ε ( k ) ) 2 r 0 t d t + C = O ( ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ) ,
for some fixed $r_0>0. Plugging this bound into the previous display,
∫ Ω ε ∣ ∇ φ ε α ∗ ∣ 2 = O ( ∑ k = 1 N ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ 2 ) = O ( K ‾ ε ) . (40) \int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|\nabla\varphi_\varepsilon^{\alpha^*}|^2=O\left(\sum_{k=1}^N\frac{|\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}|}{|\log w_\varepsilon^{(k)}|^2}\right)=O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon). \tag*{(40)} ∫ Ω ε ∣∇ φ ε α ∗ ∣ 2 = O ( k = 1 ∑ N ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ 2 ∣ log w ε ( k ) ∣ ) = O ( K ε ) . (40)
As φ ε α ∗ \varphi_\varepsilon^{\alpha^*} φ ε α ∗ belongs to the form domain H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) H^1_{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}(\Omega_\varepsilon) H Γ D ε 1 ( Ω ε ) , plugging (39) and (40) into (38) shows that
λ ε ≤ O ( K ‾ ε ) 1 + O ( K ‾ ε ) = O ( K ‾ ε ) → ε → 0 0. \lambda_\varepsilon\leq\frac{O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon)}{1+O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon)}=O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon)\xrightarrow{\varepsilon\to0}0. λ ε ≤ 1 + O ( K ε ) O ( K ε ) = O ( K ε ) ε → 0 0.
Having checked both hypotheses (Eig) and (PDE)–(Norm) of Hypothesis 2.1, Theorem 2.2 together with Lemma 4.1 directly give (36) and (37) . □
Tubular holes
In this section we consider the narrow escape problem for the hole shape defined in (Type D). Unlike in the previous sections, the functions ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) are not given by an explicit formula: ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) is defined in § 5.1 as the solution of a Neumann problem where a flux Φ ε ( k ) \Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} Φ ε ( k ) leaves Ω ε \Omega_{\varepsilon} Ω ε uniformly through the k k k -th hole Γ ε k \Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k} Γ ε k only. We make this construction rigorous in Proposition 5.1 by computing the energy matrix of the family ( ψ ε ( k ) ) k = 1 N (\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})_{k=1}^{N} ( ψ ε ( k ) ) k = 1 N , whose off-diagonal entries measure the interaction between the tubes through the bulk. In § 5.2 , we read the means of ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) on the holes from this matrix and control the fluctuations around these means (Proposition 5.2 ). We conclude with Proposition 5.3 in § 5.3 .
Definition of the quasi-mode
Throughout this section, with a slight abuse of notation, we still denote q ε ( u , v ) = ∫ Ω ε ∇ u ⋅ ∇ v q_{\varepsilon}(u,v)=\int_{\Omega_{\varepsilon}}\nabla u\cdot\nabla v q ε ( u , v ) = ∫ Ω ε ∇ u ⋅ ∇ v as in (5) , now for u , v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) u,v\in H^{1}(\Omega_{\varepsilon}) u , v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) .
For k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } and Φ ∈ R \Phi\in\mathbb{R} Φ ∈ R , consider the Neumann problem where a flux Φ \Phi Φ leaves Ω ε \Omega_{\varepsilon} Ω ε uniformly through the k k k -th hole only:
{ Δ ψ Φ ( k ) = Φ ∣ Ω ε ∣ in Ω ε , ∂ n ψ Φ ( k ) = 0 on ∂ Ω ε ∖ Γ ε k , ∂ n ψ Φ ( k ) = Φ ∣ Γ ε k ∣ on Γ ε k . (41) \begin{cases}
\Delta\psi_{\Phi}^{(k)}=\dfrac{\Phi}{|\Omega_{\varepsilon}|} & \text{in }\Omega_{\varepsilon},\\
\partial_{n}\psi_{\Phi}^{(k)}=0 & \text{on }\partial\Omega_{\varepsilon}\setminus\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k},\\
\partial_{n}\psi_{\Phi}^{(k)}=\dfrac{\Phi}{|\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}|} & \text{on }\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}. \tag*{(41)}
\end{cases} ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ Δ ψ Φ ( k ) = ∣ Ω ε ∣ Φ ∂ n ψ Φ ( k ) = 0 ∂ n ψ Φ ( k ) = ∣ Γ ε k ∣ Φ in Ω ε , on ∂ Ω ε ∖ Γ ε k , on Γ ε k . (41)
A weak solution of (41) is a function ψ Φ ( k ) ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) \psi_{\Phi}^{(k)}\in H^{1}(\Omega_{\varepsilon}) ψ Φ ( k ) ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) such that
∀ v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) , q ε ( ψ Φ ( k ) , v ) = Φ l k ( v ) = − Φ ∣ Ω ε ∣ ∫ Ω ε v + Φ ∣ Γ ε k ∣ ∫ Γ ε k v , (42) \forall v\in H^{1}(\Omega_{\varepsilon}),\qquad q_{\varepsilon}(\psi_{\Phi}^{(k)},v)=\Phi l_{k}(v)=-\frac{\Phi}{|\Omega_{\varepsilon}|}\int_{\Omega_{\varepsilon}}v+\frac{\Phi}{|\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}|}\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}v, \tag*{(42)} ∀ v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) , q ε ( ψ Φ ( k ) , v ) = Φ l k ( v ) = − ∣ Ω ε ∣ Φ ∫ Ω ε v + ∣ Γ ε k ∣ Φ ∫ Γ ε k v , (42)
where l k l_{k} l k is the continuous linear form on H 1 ( Ω ε ) H^{1}(\Omega_{\varepsilon}) H 1 ( Ω ε ) defined by the right-hand side of (42) . As the compatibility condition is verified in (41) , it has a unique zero-mean weak solution (see [51 Theorem 8.8 and Remark 8.11] ). By linearity, ψ Φ ( k ) = Φ ψ 1 ( k ) \psi_{\Phi}^{(k)}=\Phi\psi_{1}^{(k)} ψ Φ ( k ) = Φ ψ 1 ( k ) .
Take Φ = 1 \Phi=1 Φ = 1 and v = ψ 1 ( k ) v=\psi_{1}^{(k)} v = ψ 1 ( k ) in (42) , as ψ 1 ( k ) \psi_{1}^{(k)} ψ 1 ( k ) has zero mean on Ω ε \Omega_{\varepsilon} Ω ε , it leads to
q ε ( ψ 1 ( k ) , ψ 1 ( k ) ) = 1 ∣ Γ ε k ∣ ∫ Γ ε k ψ 1 ( k ) , q_{\varepsilon}(\psi_{1}^{(k)},\psi_{1}^{(k)})=\frac{1}{|\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}|}\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\psi_{1}^{(k)}, q ε ( ψ 1 ( k ) , ψ 1 ( k ) ) = ∣ Γ ε k ∣ 1 ∫ Γ ε k ψ 1 ( k ) ,
hence its mean on Γ ε k \Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k} Γ ε k is related to its energy. In view of the Dirichlet condition in the hypothesis (PDE), it is natural to impose that the mean of the quasi-mode ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) on Γ ε k \Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k} Γ ε k is 1 1 1 . This motivates the choice of the flux Φ ε ( k ) \Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} Φ ε ( k ) as
Φ ε ( k ) = ∥ ∇ ψ 1 ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) − 2 , so that 1 ∣ Γ ε k ∣ ∫ Γ ε k ψ Φ ε ( k ) ( k ) = 1. (43) \Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}=\left\|\nabla\psi_{1}^{(k)}\right\|_{L^{2}(\Omega_{\varepsilon})}^{-2},
\qquad\text{so that}\qquad
\frac{1}{|\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}|}\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\psi_{\Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}^{(k)}=1. \tag*{(43)} Φ ε ( k ) = ∇ ψ 1 ( k ) L 2 ( Ω ε ) − 2 , so that ∣ Γ ε k ∣ 1 ∫ Γ ε k ψ Φ ε ( k ) ( k ) = 1. (43)
We finally define the quasi-mode ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) as
ψ ε ( k ) = ψ Φ ε ( k ) ( k ) , (44) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}=\psi_{\Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}^{(k)}, \tag*{(44)} ψ ε ( k ) = ψ Φ ε ( k ) ( k ) , (44)
i.e., the unique zero-mean weak solution of (41) with Φ = Φ ε ( k ) \Phi=\Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} Φ = Φ ε ( k ) , and therefore,
q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) = Φ ε ( k ) . (45) q_{\varepsilon}(\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)},\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})=\Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}. \tag*{(45)} q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) = Φ ε ( k ) . (45)
Moreover, taking v = ψ ε ( j ) v=\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(j)} v = ψ ε ( j ) in (42) for some j ∈ { 1 , … , N } j\in\{1,\ldots,N\} j ∈ { 1 , … , N } , as ψ ε ( j ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(j)} ψ ε ( j ) has zero mean on Ω ε \Omega_{\varepsilon} Ω ε ,
q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , ψ ε ( j ) ) = Φ ε ( k ) 1 ∣ Γ ε k ∣ ∫ Γ ε k ψ ε ( j ) . (46) q_{\varepsilon}(\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)},\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(j)})=\Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\frac{1}{|\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}|}\int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(j)}. \tag*{(46)} q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , ψ ε ( j ) ) = Φ ε ( k ) ∣ Γ ε k ∣ 1 ∫ Γ ε k ψ ε ( j ) . (46)
Hence the symmetric energy matrix Q ε = ( q ε ( ψ ε ( i ) , ψ ε ( j ) ) ) 1 ≤ i , j ≤ N Q_{\varepsilon}=\left(q_{\varepsilon}(\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(i)},\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(j)})\right)_{1\leq i,j\leq N} Q ε = ( q ε ( ψ ε ( i ) , ψ ε ( j ) ) ) 1 ≤ i , j ≤ N contains both the fluxes Φ ε ( k ) \Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} Φ ε ( k ) , on its diagonal, and the means of each ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) on the other holes, off its diagonal. The following proposition gives its asymptotics and fixes the value of the fluxes Φ ε ( k ) \Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} Φ ε ( k ) .
Proposition 5.1. There are C , ε 0 > 0 C,\varepsilon_0>0 C , ε 0 > 0 such that, for all ε < ε 0 \varepsilon<\varepsilon_0 ε < ε 0 and j ≠ k ∈ { 1 , … , N } j\ne k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} j = k ∈ { 1 , … , N } ,
Φ ε ( k ) = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ L k ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) , ∣ q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( j ) r ε ( k ) ) 3 / 2 . (47) \Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}=(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2\frac{|D_{k}|}{L_k}\left(1+O((r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2)\right),\qquad\left|q_\varepsilon(\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)},\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)})\right|\le C(r_\varepsilon^{(j)}r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^{3/2}. \tag*{(47)} Φ ε ( k ) = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 L k ∣ D k ∣ ( 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) , q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) ≤ C ( r ε ( j ) r ε ( k ) ) 3/2 . (47)
Proof. In this proof, C C C denotes a constant independent of ε \varepsilon ε that may change from line to line, and we use the index i ∈ { 1 , … , N } i\in\{1,\ldots,N\} i ∈ { 1 , … , N } for the tubes. Let us first state an estimate used throughout the proof. From (14) and (10) , ∣ h i ∣ ≤ s ε ( i ) = O ( ( r ε ( i ) ) 2 ) |h_i|\le s_\varepsilon^{(i)}=O((r_\varepsilon^{(i)})^2) ∣ h i ∣ ≤ s ε ( i ) = O (( r ε ( i ) ) 2 ) on D i , ε D_{i,\varepsilon} D i , ε , so that
∣ T i , ε ∣ = ∫ D i , ε ( L i − h i ( ρ ) ) d ρ = L i ∣ D i , ε ∣ ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( i ) ) 2 ) ) . (48) |\mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon}|=\int_{D_{i,\varepsilon}}(L_i-h_i(\rho))\,\mathrm{d}\rho=L_i|D_{i,\varepsilon}|\left(1+O((r_\varepsilon^{(i)})^2)\right). \tag*{(48)} ∣ T i , ε ∣ = ∫ D i , ε ( L i − h i ( ρ )) d ρ = L i ∣ D i , ε ∣ ( 1 + O (( r ε ( i ) ) 2 ) ) . (48)
Fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } . We bound Φ ε ( k ) \Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)} Φ ε ( k ) from above with a trial function, and from below with a trial flux, which we then use to estimate the off-diagonal entries of Q ε Q^\varepsilon Q ε .
Upper bound. Let v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) v\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) with l k ( v ) ≠ 0 l_k(v)\ne0 l k ( v ) = 0 . Taking v v v in (42) with Φ = Φ ε ( k ) \Phi=\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)} Φ = Φ ε ( k ) , the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and (45) give Φ ε ( k ) ∣ l k ( v ) ∣ = ∣ q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , v ) ∣ ≤ Φ ε ( k ) q ε ( v , v ) \Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}|l_k(v)|=|q_\varepsilon(\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)},v)|\le\sqrt{\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}}\sqrt{q_\varepsilon(v,v)} Φ ε ( k ) ∣ l k ( v ) ∣ = ∣ q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , v ) ∣ ≤ Φ ε ( k ) q ε ( v , v ) , that is
Φ ε ( k ) ≤ q ε ( v , v ) l k ( v ) 2 . (49) \Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\le\frac{q_\varepsilon(v,v)}{l_k(v)^2}. \tag*{(49)} Φ ε ( k ) ≤ l k ( v ) 2 q ε ( v , v ) . (49)
Let us now construct a v v v that gives the upper bound. We choose v = 0 v=0 v = 0 outside T k , ε \mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon} T k , ε and, in the local coordinates ( ρ , s ) (\rho,s) ( ρ , s ) of (11) ,
v ( ρ , s ) = s − h k ( ρ ) L k in T k , ε . v(\rho,s)=\frac{s-h_k(\rho)}{L_k}\qquad\text{in }\mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon}. v ( ρ , s ) = L k s − h k ( ρ ) in T k , ε .
As v v v vanishes on the mouth Σ k , ε \Sigma_{k,\varepsilon} Σ k , ε , it is continuous across it, and v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) v\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) . On Γ k ε = { s = L k } \Gamma_k^\varepsilon=\{s=L_k\} Γ k ε = { s = L k } , v = ( L k − h k ( ρ ) ) / L k v=(L_k-h_k(\rho))/L_k v = ( L k − h k ( ρ )) / L k , so that, as ∣ Γ k ε ∣ = ∣ D k , ε ∣ |\Gamma_k^\varepsilon|=|D_{k,\varepsilon}| ∣ Γ k ε ∣ = ∣ D k , ε ∣ , its mean on Γ k ε \Gamma_k^\varepsilon Γ k ε is ∣ T k , ε ∣ / ( L k ∣ D k , ε ∣ ) = 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) |\mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon}|/(L_k|D_{k,\varepsilon}|)=1+O((r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2) ∣ T k , ε ∣/ ( L k ∣ D k , ε ∣ ) = 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) by (48) . Moreover, as 0 ≤ v ≤ C 0\le v\le C 0 ≤ v ≤ C in T k , ε \mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon} T k , ε and ∣ T k , ε ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 |\mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon}|\le C(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2 ∣ T k , ε ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 , the mean of v v v on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε is bounded by C ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 C(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2 C ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 , so that l k ( v ) = 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) l_k(v)=1+O((r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2) l k ( v ) = 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) . Finally, in T k , ε \mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon} T k , ε , ∇ v = ( n k − ∇ h k ) / L k \nabla v=(n_k-\nabla h_k)/L_k ∇ v = ( n k − ∇ h k ) / L k with ∇ h k ⊥ n k \nabla h_k\perp n_k ∇ h k ⊥ n k , so ∣ ∇ v ∣ 2 = ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) / L k 2 |\nabla v|^2=(1+O((r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2))/L_k^2 ∣∇ v ∣ 2 = ( 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 )) / L k 2 by (10) , and q ε ( v , v ) = ∣ T k , ε ∣ ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) / L k 2 q_\varepsilon(v,v)=|\mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon}|(1+O((r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2))/L_k^2 q ε ( v , v ) = ∣ T k , ε ∣ ( 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 )) / L k 2 . Plugging these estimates into (49) , and using (48) , we obtain
Φ ε ( k ) ≤ ∣ D k , ε ∣ L k ( 1 + C ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) . (50) \Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\le\frac{|D_{k,\varepsilon}|}{L_k}\left(1+C(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2\right). \tag*{(50)} Φ ε ( k ) ≤ L k ∣ D k , ε ∣ ( 1 + C ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) . (50)
Lower bound. This part is based on an idea of Prager–Synge (see the original paper [46 ] and [7] for a modern presentation). Assume there exists F ∈ L 2 ( Ω ε ; R 3 ) F\in L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon;\mathbb{R}^3) F ∈ L 2 ( Ω ε ; R 3 ) which satisfies
∫ Ω ε F ⋅ ∇ v = l k ( v ) for every v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) . (51) \int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}F\cdot\nabla v=l_k(v)\qquad\text{for every }v\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon). \tag*{(51)} ∫ Ω ε F ⋅ ∇ v = l k ( v ) for every v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) . (51)
Taking v = ψ ε ( k ) v=\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} v = ψ ε ( k ) in (51) and comparing it with (42) for Φ = Φ ε ( k ) \Phi=\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)} Φ = Φ ε ( k ) , one has
Φ ε ( k ) ∫ Ω ε F ⋅ ∇ ψ ε ( k ) = Φ ε ( k ) l k ( ψ ε ( k ) ) = q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) . \Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}F\cdot\nabla\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}=\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}l_k(\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)})=q_\varepsilon(\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)},\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}). Φ ε ( k ) ∫ Ω ε F ⋅ ∇ ψ ε ( k ) = Φ ε ( k ) l k ( ψ ε ( k ) ) = q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) .
Hence, expanding the square and using (45) ,
∫ Ω ε ∣ ∇ ψ ε ( k ) − Φ ε ( k ) F ∣ 2 = q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) − 2 q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) + ( Φ ε ( k ) ) 2 ∫ Ω ε ∣ F ∣ 2 = ( Φ ε ( k ) ) 2 ∫ Ω ε ∣ F ∣ 2 − Φ ε ( k ) . (52) \begin{aligned}
\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|\nabla\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}-\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}F|^2
&=q_\varepsilon(\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)},\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)})-2q_\varepsilon(\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)},\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)})+(\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|F|^2\\
&=(\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}|F|^2-\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}. \tag*{(52)}
\end{aligned} ∫ Ω ε ∣∇ ψ ε ( k ) − Φ ε ( k ) F ∣ 2 = q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) − 2 q ε ( ψ ε ( k ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) + ( Φ ε ( k ) ) 2 ∫ Ω ε ∣ F ∣ 2 = ( Φ ε ( k ) ) 2 ∫ Ω ε ∣ F ∣ 2 − Φ ε ( k ) . (52)
Therefore, to show the desired lower bound, it suffices to construct F F F that verifies (51) and with ∥ F ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 \|F\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2 ∥ F ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 bounded by L k / ∣ D k , ε ∣ + C / ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 L_k/|D_{k,\varepsilon}|+C/(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2 L k /∣ D k , ε ∣ + C / ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 .
In each tube T i , ε \mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon} T i , ε , using the coordinates ( ρ , s ) (\rho,s) ( ρ , s ) of (11) , we define
F k = f k , i n i in T i , ε , with f k , i ( ρ , s ) = δ i k ∣ D k , ε ∣ L i − s ∣ Ω ε ∣ . (53) F_k=f_{k,i}n_i\quad\text{in }\mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon},\qquad\text{with}\qquad f_{k,i}(\rho,s)=\frac{\delta_{ik}}{|D_{k,\varepsilon}|}\frac{L_i-s}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}. \tag*{(53)} F k = f k , i n i in T i , ε , with f k , i ( ρ , s ) = ∣ D k , ε ∣ δ ik ∣ Ω ε ∣ L i − s . (53)
In Ω \Omega Ω , we take F k = ∇ f ^ k F_k = \nabla\hat{f}_k F k = ∇ f ^ k , where f ^ k \hat{f}_k f ^ k extends the fluxes f k , i f_{k,i} f k , i to the bulk: it is the zero-mean solution of
{ Δ f ^ k = 1 ∣ Ω ε ∣ in Ω , ∂ n f ^ k = f k , i ( n i ⋅ n ) on Σ i , ε , i ∈ { 1 , … , N } , ∂ n f ^ k = 0 elsewhere on ∂ Ω . (54) \begin{cases}
\Delta\hat{f}_k = \dfrac{1}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|} & \text{in } \Omega,\\
\partial_n \hat{f}_k = f_{k,i}(n_i \cdot n) & \text{on } \Sigma_{i,\varepsilon},\quad i \in\{1,\ldots,N\},\\
\partial_n \hat{f}_k = 0 & \text{elsewhere on } \partial\Omega. \tag*{(54)}
\end{cases} ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ Δ f ^ k = ∣ Ω ε ∣ 1 ∂ n f ^ k = f k , i ( n i ⋅ n ) ∂ n f ^ k = 0 in Ω , on Σ i , ε , i ∈ { 1 , … , N } , elsewhere on ∂ Ω. (54)
From [2, Proposition 2.3], since the sources in (54) are bounded, there exists a unique f ^ k ∈ W 1 , 4 ( Ω ) ⊂ C 0 ( Ω ‾ ) \hat{f}_k \in W^{1,4}(\Omega) \subset C^0(\overline{\Omega}) f ^ k ∈ W 1 , 4 ( Ω ) ⊂ C 0 ( Ω ) solving (54) if and only if
∑ i = 1 N ∫ Σ i , ε f k , i ( n i ⋅ n ) d σ = ∣ Ω ∣ ∣ Ω ε ∣ . (55) \sum_{i=1}^{N}\int_{\Sigma_{i,\varepsilon}} f_{k,i}(n_i \cdot n)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma= \frac{|\Omega|}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}. \tag*{(55)} i = 1 ∑ N ∫ Σ i , ε f k , i ( n i ⋅ n ) d σ = ∣ Ω ε ∣ ∣Ω∣ . (55)
Let us show that this condition is satisfied. For a fixed i ∈ { 1 , … , N } i \in\{1,\ldots,N\} i ∈ { 1 , … , N } , from the parametrization of Σ i , ε \Sigma_{i,\varepsilon} Σ i , ε in (12) , one has d σ = 1 + ∣ ∇ h i ∣ 2 d ρ \mathrm{d}\sigma= \sqrt{1+|\nabla h_i|^2}\,\mathrm{d}\rho d σ = 1 + ∣∇ h i ∣ 2 d ρ on Σ i , ε \Sigma_{i,\varepsilon} Σ i , ε . Moreover, since Ω \Omega Ω lies in { s < h i ( ρ ) } \{s<h_i(\rho)\} { s < h i ( ρ )} , n = ( n i − ∇ h i ) / 1 + ∣ ∇ h i ∣ 2 n=(n_i-\nabla h_i)/\sqrt{1+|\nabla h_i|^2} n = ( n i − ∇ h i ) / 1 + ∣∇ h i ∣ 2 . As ∇ h i ⊥ n i \nabla h_i \perp n_i ∇ h i ⊥ n i , this gives ( n i ⋅ n ) d σ = d ρ (n_i\cdot n)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma=\mathrm{d}\rho ( n i ⋅ n ) d σ = d ρ , hence
∫ Σ i , ε f k , i ( n i ⋅ n ) d σ = ∫ D i , ε ( δ i k ∣ D k , ε ∣ − L i − h i ( ρ ) ∣ Ω ε ∣ ) d ρ = δ i k − ∣ T i , ε ∣ ∣ Ω ε ∣ . \int_{\Sigma_{i,\varepsilon}} f_{k,i}(n_i\cdot n)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma
=\int_{D_{i,\varepsilon}}\left(\frac{\delta_{ik}}{|D_{k,\varepsilon}|}-\frac{L_i-h_i(\rho)}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}\right)\mathrm{d}\rho
=\delta_{ik}-\frac{|\mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon}|}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}. ∫ Σ i , ε f k , i ( n i ⋅ n ) d σ = ∫ D i , ε ( ∣ D k , ε ∣ δ ik − ∣ Ω ε ∣ L i − h i ( ρ ) ) d ρ = δ ik − ∣ Ω ε ∣ ∣ T i , ε ∣ .
Summing over i i i , and noticing that ∑ i = 1 N ∣ T i , ε ∣ = ∣ Ω ε ∣ − ∣ Ω ∣ \sum_{i=1}^{N}|\mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon}|=|\Omega_\varepsilon|-|\Omega| ∑ i = 1 N ∣ T i , ε ∣ = ∣ Ω ε ∣ − ∣Ω∣ , leads to (55) .
Let us now show that F k F_k F k satisfies (51) . Let v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) v\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) . The idea is to integrate by parts in Ω \Omega Ω and in each T i , ε \mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon} T i , ε separately. For a fixed i ∈ { 1 , … , N } i\in\{1,\ldots,N\} i ∈ { 1 , … , N } , F k F_k F k is smooth up to the boundary in T i , ε \mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon} T i , ε , with ∇ ⋅ F k = ∂ s f k , i = 1 / ∣ Ω ε ∣ \nabla\cdot F_k=\partial_s f_{k,i}=1/|\Omega_\varepsilon| ∇ ⋅ F k = ∂ s f k , i = 1/∣ Ω ε ∣ . Moreover, F k F_k F k is tangent to the lateral boundary of T i , ε \mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon} T i , ε , the outward normal of T i , ε \mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon} T i , ε is n i n_i n i on Γ i ε \Gamma_i^\varepsilon Γ i ε and − n -n − n on Σ i , ε \Sigma_{i,\varepsilon} Σ i , ε , and f k , i = δ i k / ∣ D k , ε ∣ f_{k,i}=\delta_{ik}/|D_{k,\varepsilon}| f k , i = δ ik /∣ D k , ε ∣ on Γ i ε \Gamma_i^\varepsilon Γ i ε , so that
∫ T i , ε F k ⋅ ∇ v = − 1 ∣ Ω ε ∣ ∫ T i , ε v + δ i k ∣ D k , ε ∣ ∫ Γ i ε v − ∫ Σ i , ε f k , i ( n i ⋅ n ) v d σ . (56) \int_{\mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon}} F_k\cdot\nabla v
=-\frac{1}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}\int_{\mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon}}v
+\frac{\delta_{ik}}{|D_{k,\varepsilon}|}\int_{\Gamma_i^\varepsilon}v
-\int_{\Sigma_{i,\varepsilon}}f_{k,i}(n_i\cdot n)v\,\mathrm{d}\sigma. \tag*{(56)} ∫ T i , ε F k ⋅ ∇ v = − ∣ Ω ε ∣ 1 ∫ T i , ε v + ∣ D k , ε ∣ δ ik ∫ Γ i ε v − ∫ Σ i , ε f k , i ( n i ⋅ n ) v d σ . (56)
In Ω \Omega Ω , as v ∣ Ω ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) v|_\Omega\in H^1(\Omega) v ∣ Ω ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) , the weak formulation of (54) reads
∫ Ω F k ⋅ ∇ v = ∫ Ω ∇ f ^ k ⋅ ∇ v = − 1 ∣ Ω ε ∣ ∫ Ω v + ∑ i = 1 N ∫ Σ i , ε f k , i ( n i ⋅ n ) v d σ . (57) \int_{\Omega}F_k\cdot\nabla v
=\int_{\Omega}\nabla\hat{f}_k\cdot\nabla v
=-\frac{1}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}\int_{\Omega}v
+\sum_{i=1}^{N}\int_{\Sigma_{i,\varepsilon}}f_{k,i}(n_i\cdot n)v\,\mathrm{d}\sigma. \tag*{(57)} ∫ Ω F k ⋅ ∇ v = ∫ Ω ∇ f ^ k ⋅ ∇ v = − ∣ Ω ε ∣ 1 ∫ Ω v + i = 1 ∑ N ∫ Σ i , ε f k , i ( n i ⋅ n ) v d σ . (57)
Summing (57) and (56) over i i i leads to (51) , as ∣ Γ k ε ∣ = ∣ D k , ε ∣ |\Gamma_k^\varepsilon|=|D_{k,\varepsilon}| ∣ Γ k ε ∣ = ∣ D k , ε ∣ .
It remains to bound ∥ F k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 \|F_k\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2 ∥ F k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 . Let us first compute the integral over the tubes. For i ∈ { 1 , … , N } i\in\{1,\ldots,N\} i ∈ { 1 , … , N } and ( ρ , s ) (\rho,s) ( ρ , s ) such that ρ ∈ D i , ε \rho\in D_{i,\varepsilon} ρ ∈ D i , ε and h i ( ρ ) ≤ s ≤ L i h_i(\rho)\leq s\leq L_i h i ( ρ ) ≤ s ≤ L i , one has 0 ≤ L i − s ≤ L i + s ε ( i ) ≤ C 0\leq L_i-s\leq L_i+s_\varepsilon^{(i)}\leq C 0 ≤ L i − s ≤ L i + s ε ( i ) ≤ C , and ∣ D k , ε ∣ = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ |D_{k,\varepsilon}|=(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2|D_k| ∣ D k , ε ∣ = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ , so that
∣ f k , i − δ i k ∣ D k , ε ∣ ∣ ≤ C , and ∣ f k , i ∣ ≤ δ i k ∣ D k , ε ∣ + C ≤ C ( r ε ( i ) ) 2 . (58) \left|f_{k,i}-\frac{\delta_{ik}}{|D_{k,\varepsilon}|}\right|\leq C,\qquad\text{and}\qquad|f_{k,i}|\leq\frac{\delta_{ik}}{|D_{k,\varepsilon}|}+C\leq\frac{C}{(r_\varepsilon^{(i)})^2}. \tag*{(58)} f k , i − ∣ D k , ε ∣ δ ik ≤ C , and ∣ f k , i ∣ ≤ ∣ D k , ε ∣ δ ik + C ≤ ( r ε ( i ) ) 2 C . (58)
Integrating ∣ f k , i ∣ 2 |f_{k,i}|^2 ∣ f k , i ∣ 2 over T i , ε \mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon} T i , ε , using ∣ T i , ε ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( i ) ) 2 |\mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon}|\leq C(r_\varepsilon^{(i)})^2 ∣ T i , ε ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( i ) ) 2 and (48) , and summing over i i i leads to
∑ i = 1 N ∫ T i , ε ∣ F k ∣ 2 ≤ ∣ T k , ε ∣ ∣ D k , ε ∣ 2 + C ≤ L k ∣ D k , ε ∣ + C . (59) \sum_{i=1}^{N}\int_{\mathcal{T}_{i,\varepsilon}}|F_k|^2
\leq\frac{|\mathcal{T}_{k,\varepsilon}|}{|D_{k,\varepsilon}|^2}+C
\leq\frac{L_k}{|D_{k,\varepsilon}|}+C. \tag*{(59)} i = 1 ∑ N ∫ T i , ε ∣ F k ∣ 2 ≤ ∣ D k , ε ∣ 2 ∣ T k , ε ∣ + C ≤ ∣ D k , ε ∣ L k + C . (59)
Now for the bulk part, taking v = f ^ k v=\hat{f}_k v = f ^ k in the weak formulation of (54) , as f ^ k \hat{f}_k f ^ k has zero mean on Ω \Omega Ω , ( n i ⋅ n ) d σ = d ρ (n_i\cdot n)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma=\mathrm{d}\rho ( n i ⋅ n ) d σ = d ρ on Σ i , ε \Sigma_{i,\varepsilon} Σ i , ε , and ∫ D i , ε ∣ f k , i ∣ ≤ δ i k + C ∣ D i , ε ∣ \int_{D_{i,\varepsilon}}|f_{k,i}|\leq\delta_{ik}+C|D_{i,\varepsilon}| ∫ D i , ε ∣ f k , i ∣ ≤ δ ik + C ∣ D i , ε ∣ by (58) ,
∫ Ω ∣ F k ∣ 2 = ∑ i = 1 N ∫ Σ i , ε f k , i f ^ k ( n i ⋅ n ) d σ ≤ C ∥ f ^ k ∥ L ∞ ( Ω ) . (60) \int_{\Omega}|F_k|^2=\sum_{i=1}^{N}\int_{\Sigma_{i,\varepsilon}}f_{k,i}\hat{f}_k(n_i\cdot n)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma\leq C\|\hat{f}_k\|_{L^\infty(\Omega)}. \tag*{(60)} ∫ Ω ∣ F k ∣ 2 = i = 1 ∑ N ∫ Σ i , ε f k , i f ^ k ( n i ⋅ n ) d σ ≤ C ∥ f ^ k ∥ L ∞ ( Ω ) . (60)
By Lemma C.4 , f ^ k ( x ) = ∫ ∂ Ω G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) \hat{f}_k(x)=\int_{\partial\Omega}G(x,y)g(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y) f ^ k ( x ) = ∫ ∂ Ω G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) for x ∈ Ω x\in\Omega x ∈ Ω , where G G G is the Green function of Definition C.1 and g = ∂ n f ^ k g=\partial_n\hat{f}_k g = ∂ n f ^ k is given by (54) . Hence, by Lemma C.2 and (58) ,
∣ f ^ k ( x ) ∣ ≤ C ∑ i = 1 N ( δ i k ∣ D k , ε ∣ + 1 ) ∫ Σ i , ε d σ ( y ) ∣ x − y ∣ , x ∈ Ω . (61) \lvert\hat{f}_k(x)\rvert\leq C\sum_{i=1}^{N}\left(\frac{\delta_{ik}}{\lvert D_{k,\varepsilon}\rvert}+1\right)\int_{\Sigma_{i,\varepsilon}}\frac{\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)}{\lvert x-y\rvert},\qquad x\in\Omega. \tag*{(61)} ∣ f ^ k ( x )∣ ≤ C i = 1 ∑ N ( ∣ D k , ε ∣ δ ik + 1 ) ∫ Σ i , ε ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) , x ∈ Ω. (61)
To compute the integral in (61) , fix i ∈ { 1 , … , N } i\in\{1,\ldots,N\} i ∈ { 1 , … , N } and x ∈ Ω x\in\Omega x ∈ Ω , and let ρ x \rho_x ρ x be the orthogonal projection of x − x ( i ) x-x^{(i)} x − x ( i ) onto T x ( i ) ( ∂ Ω ) T_{x^{(i)}}(\partial\Omega) T x ( i ) ( ∂ Ω ) . For y = x ( i ) + ρ + h i ( ρ ) n i ∈ Σ i , ε y=x^{(i)}+\rho+h_i(\rho)n_i\in\Sigma_{i,\varepsilon} y = x ( i ) + ρ + h i ( ρ ) n i ∈ Σ i , ε , one has ∣ x − y ∣ ≥ ∣ ρ x − ρ ∣ \lvert x-y\rvert\geq\lvert\rho_x-\rho\rvert ∣ x − y ∣ ≥ ∣ ρ x − ρ ∣ . Since ρ ↦ ∣ ρ x − ρ ∣ − 1 \rho\mapsto\lvert\rho_x-\rho\rvert^{-1} ρ ↦ ∣ ρ x − ρ ∣ − 1 is radially decreasing around ρ x \rho_x ρ x , its integral over D i , ε D_{i,\varepsilon} D i , ε is at most its integral over the disc B ( ρ x , a i ) B(\rho_x,a_i) B ( ρ x , a i ) of the same area, that is with π a i 2 = ∣ D i , ε ∣ = ( r ε ( i ) ) 2 ∣ D i ∣ \pi a_i^2=\lvert D_{i,\varepsilon}\rvert=(r_\varepsilon^{(i)})^2\lvert D_i\rvert π a i 2 = ∣ D i , ε ∣ = ( r ε ( i ) ) 2 ∣ D i ∣ . Therefore, using that d σ ≤ 2 d ρ \mathrm{d}\sigma\leq2\,\mathrm{d}\rho d σ ≤ 2 d ρ for ε \varepsilon ε small enough,
∫ Σ i , ε d σ ( y ) ∣ x − y ∣ ≤ 2 ∫ D i , ε d ρ ∣ ρ x − ρ ∣ ≤ 2 ∫ B ( ρ x , a i ) d ρ ∣ ρ x − ρ ∣ = 4 π a i = 4 π ∣ D i ∣ r ε ( i ) . \int_{\Sigma_{i,\varepsilon}}\frac{\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)}{\lvert x-y\rvert}\leq2\int_{D_{i,\varepsilon}}\frac{\mathrm{d}\rho}{\lvert\rho_x-\rho\rvert}\leq2\int_{B(\rho_x,a_i)}\frac{\mathrm{d}\rho}{\lvert\rho_x-\rho\rvert}=4\pi a_i=4\sqrt{\pi\lvert D_i\rvert}\,r_\varepsilon^{(i)}. ∫ Σ i , ε ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) ≤ 2 ∫ D i , ε ∣ ρ x − ρ ∣ d ρ ≤ 2 ∫ B ( ρ x , a i ) ∣ ρ x − ρ ∣ d ρ = 4 π a i = 4 π ∣ D i ∣ r ε ( i ) .
Plugging this into (61) gives ∥ f ^ k ∥ L ∞ ( Ω ) ≤ C / r ε ( k ) \lVert\hat{f}_k\rVert_{L^\infty(\Omega)}\leq C/r_\varepsilon^{(k)} ∥ f ^ k ∥ L ∞ ( Ω ) ≤ C / r ε ( k ) , and (60) becomes
∫ Ω ∣ F k ∣ 2 = ∫ Ω ∣ ∇ f ^ k ∣ 2 ≤ C r ε ( k ) . (62) \int_{\Omega}\lvert F_k\rvert^2=\int_{\Omega}\lvert\nabla\hat{f}_k\rvert^2\leq\frac{C}{r_\varepsilon^{(k)}}. \tag*{(62)} ∫ Ω ∣ F k ∣ 2 = ∫ Ω ∣ ∇ f ^ k ∣ 2 ≤ r ε ( k ) C . (62)
Finally, the combination of (59) and (62) gives, as ∣ D k , ε ∣ = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ \lvert D_{k,\varepsilon}\rvert=(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2\lvert D_k\rvert ∣ D k , ε ∣ = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ ,
∥ F k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 ≤ L k ∣ D k , ε ∣ + C r ε ( k ) ≤ L k ∣ D k , ε ∣ ( 1 + C r ε ( k ) ) , so that Φ ε ( k ) ≥ ∣ D k , ε ∣ L k ( 1 − C r ε ( k ) ) . \lVert F_k\rVert_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2\leq\frac{L_k}{\lvert D_{k,\varepsilon}\rvert}+\frac{C}{r_\varepsilon^{(k)}}\leq\frac{L_k}{\lvert D_{k,\varepsilon}\rvert}\left(1+Cr_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right),\qquad\text{so that}\qquad\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\geq\frac{\lvert D_{k,\varepsilon}\rvert}{L_k}\left(1-Cr_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right). ∥ F k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 ≤ ∣ D k , ε ∣ L k + r ε ( k ) C ≤ ∣ D k , ε ∣ L k ( 1 + C r ε ( k ) ) , so that Φ ε ( k ) ≥ L k ∣ D k , ε ∣ ( 1 − C r ε ( k ) ) .
Together with (50) , this gives the first estimate of (47) . Moreover, (52) with F = F k F=F_k F = F k , (50) and the previous bound on ∥ F k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) \lVert F_k\rVert_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)} ∥ F k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) give
∥ ∇ ψ ε ( k ) − Φ ε ( k ) F k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 = Φ ε ( k ) ( Φ ε ( k ) ∥ F k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 − 1 ) ≤ Φ ε ( k ) ( ( 1 + C ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ( 1 + C r ε ( k ) ) − 1 ) ≤ C ( r ε ( k ) ) 3 . (63) \left\lVert\nabla\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}-\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}F_k\right\rVert_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2=\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\left(\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\lVert F_k\rVert_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2-1\right)\leq\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\left(\left(1+C(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2\right)\left(1+Cr_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)-1\right)\leq C(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^3. \tag*{(63)} ∇ ψ ε ( k ) − Φ ε ( k ) F k L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 = Φ ε ( k ) ( Φ ε ( k ) ∥ F k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 − 1 ) ≤ Φ ε ( k ) ( ( 1 + C ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ( 1 + C r ε ( k ) ) − 1 ) ≤ C ( r ε ( k ) ) 3 . (63)
Interactions. Let j ≠ k ∈ { 1 , … , N } j\neq k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} j = k ∈ { 1 , … , N } . By (51) and (42) , Φ ε ( k ) ∫ Ω ε F k ⋅ ∇ ψ ε ( j ) = Φ ε ( k ) l k ( ψ ε ( j ) ) = q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) \Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}F_k\cdot\nabla\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)}=\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}l_k(\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)})=q_\varepsilon(\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)},\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}) Φ ε ( k ) ∫ Ω ε F k ⋅ ∇ ψ ε ( j ) = Φ ε ( k ) l k ( ψ ε ( j ) ) = q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) , and similarly when exchanging j j j and k k k . Hence, as in (52) , expanding the product gives
∫ Ω ε ( ∇ ψ ε ( j ) − Φ ε ( j ) F j ) ⋅ ( ∇ ψ ε ( k ) − Φ ε ( k ) F k ) = q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) − 2 q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) + Φ ε ( j ) Φ ε ( k ) ∫ Ω ε F j ⋅ F k , \int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\left(\nabla\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)}-\Phi_\varepsilon^{(j)}F_j\right)\cdot\left(\nabla\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}-\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}F_k\right)=q_\varepsilon(\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)},\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)})-2q_\varepsilon(\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)},\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)})+\Phi_\varepsilon^{(j)}\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}F_j\cdot F_k, ∫ Ω ε ( ∇ ψ ε ( j ) − Φ ε ( j ) F j ) ⋅ ( ∇ ψ ε ( k ) − Φ ε ( k ) F k ) = q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) − 2 q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) + Φ ε ( j ) Φ ε ( k ) ∫ Ω ε F j ⋅ F k ,
that is,
q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) = Φ ε ( j ) Φ ε ( k ) ∫ Ω ε F j ⋅ F k − ∫ Ω ε ( ∇ ψ ε ( j ) − Φ ε ( j ) F j ) ⋅ ( ∇ ψ ε ( k ) − Φ ε ( k ) F k ) . (64) q_\varepsilon(\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)},\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)})=\Phi_\varepsilon^{(j)}\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}F_j\cdot F_k-\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\left(\nabla\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)}-\Phi_\varepsilon^{(j)}F_j\right)\cdot\left(\nabla\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}-\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}F_k\right). \tag*{(64)} q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) = Φ ε ( j ) Φ ε ( k ) ∫ Ω ε F j ⋅ F k − ∫ Ω ε ( ∇ ψ ε ( j ) − Φ ε ( j ) F j ) ⋅ ( ∇ ψ ε ( k ) − Φ ε ( k ) F k ) . (64)
Let us now bound the right-hand side in (64) . By the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and (63) , the last integral is bounded by C ( r ε ( j ) r ε ( k ) ) 3 / 2 C(r_\varepsilon^{(j)}r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^{3/2} C ( r ε ( j ) r ε ( k ) ) 3/2 . In each tube T i , ε T_{i,\varepsilon} T i , ε , as δ i j δ i k = 0 \delta_{ij}\delta_{ik}=0 δ ij δ ik = 0 , (58) gives ∣ f j , i f k , i ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( i ) ) − 2 \lvert f_{j,i}f_{k,i}\rvert\leq C(r_\varepsilon^{(i)})^{-2} ∣ f j , i f k , i ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( i ) ) − 2 , so that, with ∣ T i , ε ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( i ) ) 2 \lvert T_{i,\varepsilon}\rvert\leq C(r_\varepsilon^{(i)})^2 ∣ T i , ε ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( i ) ) 2 ,
∣ ∫ T i , ε F j ⋅ F k ∣ ≤ C . \left\lvert\int_{T_{i,\varepsilon}}F_j\cdot F_k\right\rvert\leq C. ∫ T i , ε F j ⋅ F k ≤ C .
In Ω \Omega Ω , the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and (62) give ∣ ∫ Ω ∇ f ^ j ⋅ ∇ f ^ k ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( j ) r ε ( k ) ) − 1 / 2 \left\lvert\int_{\Omega}\nabla\hat{f}_j\cdot\nabla\hat{f}_k\right\rvert\leq C(r_\varepsilon^{(j)}r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^{-1/2} ∫ Ω ∇ f ^ j ⋅ ∇ f ^ k ≤ C ( r ε ( j ) r ε ( k ) ) − 1/2 . Hence, as Φ ε ( j ) Φ ε ( k ) ≤ C ( r ε ( j ) r ε ( k ) ) 2 \Phi_\varepsilon^{(j)}\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\leq C(r_\varepsilon^{(j)}r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2 Φ ε ( j ) Φ ε ( k ) ≤ C ( r ε ( j ) r ε ( k ) ) 2 by the first estimate of (47) ,
∣ q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( j ) r ε ( k ) ) 3 / 2 , \left\lvert q_\varepsilon(\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)},\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)})\right\rvert\leq C(r_\varepsilon^{(j)}r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^{3/2}, q ε ( ψ ε ( j ) , ψ ε ( k ) ) ≤ C ( r ε ( j ) r ε ( k ) ) 3/2 ,
which is the second estimate of (47) . □
The Dirichlet error
In this subsection, we control the trace of ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) on each hole Γ j ε \Gamma_{j}^{\varepsilon} Γ j ε , j ∈ { 1 , … , N } j \in\{1,\ldots,N\} j ∈ { 1 , … , N } , by splitting it into its mean
M j k ε = 1 ∣ Γ j ε ∣ ∫ Γ j ε ψ ε ( k ) (65) M_{jk}^{\varepsilon}=\frac{1}{\lvert\Gamma_{j}^{\varepsilon}\rvert}\int_{\Gamma_{j}^{\varepsilon}}\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} \tag*{(65)} M j k ε = ∣ Γ j ε ∣ 1 ∫ Γ j ε ψ ε ( k ) (65)
and its fluctuation around this mean. By (46) , the matrix of the means is M ε = diag ( Φ ε ( 1 ) , … , Φ ε ( N ) ) − 1 Q ε M^{\varepsilon}=\operatorname{diag}(\Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(1)},\ldots,\Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(N)})^{-1}Q^{\varepsilon} M ε = diag ( Φ ε ( 1 ) , … , Φ ε ( N ) ) − 1 Q ε . In particular, M k k ε = 1 M_{kk}^{\varepsilon}=1 M k k ε = 1 by (43) , and, for j ≠ k j\ne k j = k , Proposition 5.1 gives
∣ M j k ε ∣ = ∣ Q j k ε ∣ Φ ε ( j ) ≤ C ( ( r ‾ ε ( k ) ) 3 r ‾ ε ( j ) ) 1 / 2 . \lvert M_{jk}^{\varepsilon}\rvert=\frac{\lvert Q_{jk}^{\varepsilon}\rvert}{\Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(j)}}\le C\left(\frac{(\overline{r}_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^{3}}{\overline{r}_{\varepsilon}^{(j)}}\right)^{1/2}. ∣ M j k ε ∣ = Φ ε ( j ) ∣ Q j k ε ∣ ≤ C ( r ε ( j ) ( r ε ( k ) ) 3 ) 1/2 .
Hence, denoting
η ε = ( ( r ‾ ε ) 3 min 1 ≤ j ≤ N r ‾ ε ( j ) ) 1 / 2 ≥ r ‾ ε , (66) \eta_{\varepsilon}=\left(\frac{(\overline{r}_{\varepsilon})^{3}}{\min_{1\le j\le N}\overline{r}_{\varepsilon}^{(j)}}\right)^{1/2}\ge\overline{r}_{\varepsilon}, \tag*{(66)} η ε = ( min 1 ≤ j ≤ N r ε ( j ) ( r ε ) 3 ) 1/2 ≥ r ε , (66)
it holds that, for all j , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } j,k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} j , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } ,
∣ M j k ε − δ j k ∣ ≤ C η ε . (67) \lvert M_{jk}^{\varepsilon}-\delta_{jk}\rvert\le C\eta_{\varepsilon}. \tag*{(67)} ∣ M j k ε − δ j k ∣ ≤ C η ε . (67)
For the fluctuations around the mean, we expand ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) on the Neumann eigenfunctions of the cross-section in the upper half of the j j j -th tube: the corresponding modes are explicit, and controlled by the energy of ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) .
Proposition 5.2. There is C > 0 C>0 C > 0 such that, for ε \varepsilon ε small enough and j , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } j,k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} j , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , the function ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) is continuous on Γ ‾ j ε \overline{\Gamma}_{j}^{\varepsilon} Γ j ε and
∥ ψ ε ( k ) − M j k ε ∥ L ∞ ( Γ j ε ) ≤ C r ε ( j ) ∥ ∇ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ C ( r ‾ ε ) 2 , so that ∥ ψ ε ( k ) − δ j k ∥ L ∞ ( Γ j ε ) ≤ C η ε , (68) \lVert\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}-M_{jk}^{\varepsilon}\rVert_{L^{\infty}(\Gamma_{j}^{\varepsilon})}\le Cr_{\varepsilon}^{(j)}\lVert\nabla\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\rVert_{L^{2}(\Omega_{\varepsilon})}\le C(\overline{r}_{\varepsilon})^{2},\qquad\text{so that}\qquad\lVert\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}-\delta_{jk}\rVert_{L^{\infty}(\Gamma_{j}^{\varepsilon})}\le C\eta_{\varepsilon}, \tag*{(68)} ∥ ψ ε ( k ) − M j k ε ∥ L ∞ ( Γ j ε ) ≤ C r ε ( j ) ∥ ∇ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ C ( r ε ) 2 , so that ∥ ψ ε ( k ) − δ j k ∥ L ∞ ( Γ j ε ) ≤ C η ε , (68) with η ε \eta_{\varepsilon} η ε defined in (66) .
Proof. Fix j , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } j,k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} j , k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , denote ψ = ψ ε ( k ) \psi=\psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ = ψ ε ( k ) and r = r ε ( j ) r=r_{\varepsilon}^{(j)} r = r ε ( j ) , and use the coordinates ( ρ , s ) (\rho,s) ( ρ , s ) of (11) in the j j j -th tube. The last two estimates of (68) follow from the first one: by (45) and (47) , ∥ ∇ ψ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = ( Φ ε ( k ) ) 1 / 2 ≤ C r ε ( k ) \lVert\nabla\psi\rVert_{L^{2}(\Omega_{\varepsilon})}=(\Phi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^{1/2}\le Cr_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ∥ ∇ ψ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = ( Φ ε ( k ) ) 1/2 ≤ C r ε ( k ) , which gives the second inequality as r r ε ( k ) ≤ ( r ‾ ε ) 2 rr_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\le(\overline{r}_{\varepsilon})^{2} r r ε ( k ) ≤ ( r ε ) 2 , and then the triangle inequality and (67) give ∥ ψ − δ j k ∥ L ∞ ( Γ j ε ) ≤ C ( r ‾ ε ) 2 + ∣ M j k ε − δ j k ∣ ≤ C η ε \lVert\psi-\delta_{jk}\rVert_{L^{\infty}(\Gamma_{j}^{\varepsilon})}\le C(\overline{r}_{\varepsilon})^{2}+\lvert M_{jk}^{\varepsilon}-\delta_{jk}\rvert\le C\eta_{\varepsilon} ∥ ψ − δ j k ∥ L ∞ ( Γ j ε ) ≤ C ( r ε ) 2 + ∣ M j k ε − δ j k ∣ ≤ C η ε , as ( r ‾ ε ) 2 ≤ r ‾ ε ≤ η ε (\overline{r}_{\varepsilon})^{2}\le\overline{r}_{\varepsilon}\le\eta_{\varepsilon} ( r ε ) 2 ≤ r ε ≤ η ε for ε \varepsilon ε small enough. It remains to show the first inequality of (68) .
Transverse modes. Denote by 0 = μ 0 < μ 1 ≤ μ 2 ≤ … 0=\mu_{0}<\mu_{1}\le\mu_{2}\le\ldots 0 = μ 0 < μ 1 ≤ μ 2 ≤ … the Neumann eigenvalues of D j D_{j} D j , and by ( ϕ n ) n ≥ 0 (\phi_{n})_{n\ge0} ( ϕ n ) n ≥ 0 an associated L 2 ( D j ) L^{2}(D_{j}) L 2 ( D j ) -orthonormal basis of eigenfunctions, ϕ 0 \phi_{0} ϕ 0 being constant. By scaling, the functions ϕ n ε ( ρ ) = r − 1 ϕ n ( ρ / r ) \phi_{n}^{\varepsilon}(\rho)=r^{-1}\phi_{n}(\rho/r) ϕ n ε ( ρ ) = r − 1 ϕ n ( ρ / r ) form an L 2 ( D j , ε ) L^{2}(D_{j,\varepsilon}) L 2 ( D j , ε ) -orthonormal basis of Neumann eigenfunctions of D j , ε = r D j D_{j,\varepsilon}=rD_{j} D j , ε = r D j , with eigenvalues μ n / r 2 \mu_{n}/r^{2} μ n / r 2 , that is
∀ v ∈ H 1 ( D j , ε ) , ∫ D j , ε ∇ ϕ n ε ⋅ ∇ v = μ n r 2 ∫ D j , ε ϕ n ε v . (69) \forall v\in H^{1}(D_{j,\varepsilon}),\qquad\int_{D_{j,\varepsilon}}\nabla\phi_{n}^{\varepsilon}\cdot\nabla v=\frac{\mu_{n}}{r^{2}}\int_{D_{j,\varepsilon}}\phi_{n}^{\varepsilon}v. \tag*{(69)} ∀ v ∈ H 1 ( D j , ε ) , ∫ D j , ε ∇ ϕ n ε ⋅ ∇ v = r 2 μ n ∫ D j , ε ϕ n ε v . (69)
The goal of this step is to decompose ψ \psi ψ along the modes ϕ n ε \phi_{n}^{\varepsilon} ϕ n ε in the upper half of the tube. As s ε ( j ) = O ( r 2 ) s_{\varepsilon}^{(j)}=O(r^{2}) s ε ( j ) = O ( r 2 ) by (14) and (10) , for ε \varepsilon ε small enough the cross-section of T j , ε T_{j,\varepsilon} T j , ε at any height s ∈ ( L j / 2 , L j ) s\in(L_{j}/2,L_{j}) s ∈ ( L j /2 , L j ) is D j , ε = r D j D_{j,\varepsilon}=rD_{j} D j , ε = r D j . For n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 , set
a n ( s ) = ∫ D j , ε ψ ( ρ , s ) ϕ n ε ( ρ ) d ρ , s ∈ [ L j / 2 , L j ] . (70) a_{n}(s)=\int_{D_{j,\varepsilon}}\psi(\rho,s)\phi_{n}^{\varepsilon}(\rho)\,d\rho,\qquad s\in[L_{j}/2,L_{j}]. \tag*{(70)} a n ( s ) = ∫ D j , ε ψ ( ρ , s ) ϕ n ε ( ρ ) d ρ , s ∈ [ L j /2 , L j ] . (70)
As ψ ∈ H 1 ( D j , ε × ( L j / 2 , L j ) ) \psi\in H^{1}(D_{j,\varepsilon}\times(L_{j}/2,L_{j})) ψ ∈ H 1 ( D j , ε × ( L j /2 , L j )) , its restrictions to lines are absolutely continuous [20, Theorem 4.21]: up to modifying ψ \psi ψ on a zero-measure set, for a.e. ρ ∈ D j , ε \rho\in D_{j,\varepsilon} ρ ∈ D j , ε , the function s ↦ ψ ( ρ , s ) s\mapsto\psi(\rho,s) s ↦ ψ ( ρ , s ) is absolutely continuous on [ L j / 2 , L j ] [L_{j}/2,L_{j}] [ L j /2 , L j ] . Hence, the function a n a_{n} a n is in C 0 ( [ L j / 2 , L j ] ) ∩ H 1 ( L j / 2 , L j ) C^{0}([L_{j}/2,L_{j}])\cap H^{1}(L_{j}/2,L_{j}) C 0 ([ L j /2 , L j ]) ∩ H 1 ( L j /2 , L j ) . Take a smooth function χ ∈ C ∞ ( [ L j / 2 , L j ] ) \chi\in C^{\infty}([L_j/2,L_j]) χ ∈ C ∞ ([ L j /2 , L j ]) vanishing near L j / 2 L_j/2 L j /2 , and let w = χ ( s ) φ n ε ( ρ ) w=\chi(s)\varphi_n^\varepsilon(\rho) w = χ ( s ) φ n ε ( ρ ) in D j , ε × ( L j / 2 , L j ) D_{j,\varepsilon}\times(L_j/2,L_j) D j , ε × ( L j /2 , L j ) , extended by 0, so that w ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) w\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) w ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) . As φ n ε \varphi_n^\varepsilon φ n ε has zero mean on D j , ε D_{j,\varepsilon} D j , ε , ∫ Ω ε w = 0 \int_{\Omega_\varepsilon} w=0 ∫ Ω ε w = 0 , that is l k ( w ) = 0 l_k(w)=0 l k ( w ) = 0 . Hence, by (42) , as ∇ w = χ ∇ ρ φ n ε + χ ′ φ n ε n j \nabla w=\chi\nabla_\rho\varphi_n^\varepsilon+\chi'\varphi_n^\varepsilon n_j ∇ w = χ ∇ ρ φ n ε + χ ′ φ n ε n j , and by (69) with v = ψ ( ⋅ , s ) v=\psi(\cdot,s) v = ψ ( ⋅ , s ) ,
0 = q ε ( ψ , w ) = ∫ L j / 2 L j ( χ ′ ( s ) ∫ D j , ε ∂ s ψ ( ⋅ , s ) φ n ε + χ ( s ) ∫ D j , ε ∇ ρ ψ ( ⋅ , s ) ⋅ ∇ ρ φ n ε ) d s = ∫ L j / 2 L j ( χ ′ a n ′ + μ n r 2 χ a n ) d s , (71) \begin{aligned}
0=q_\varepsilon(\psi,w)=\int_{L_j/2}^{L_j}\left(\chi'(s)\int_{D_{j,\varepsilon}}\partial_s\psi(\cdot,s)\varphi_n^\varepsilon+\chi(s)\int_{D_{j,\varepsilon}}\nabla_\rho\psi(\cdot,s)\cdot\nabla_\rho\varphi_n^\varepsilon\right)\,ds \\
&=\int_{L_j/2}^{L_j}\left(\chi'a_n'+\frac{\mu_n}{r^2}\chi a_n\right)\,ds, \tag*{(71)}
\end{aligned} 0 = q ε ( ψ , w ) = ∫ L j /2 L j ( χ ′ ( s ) ∫ D j , ε ∂ s ψ ( ⋅ , s ) φ n ε + χ ( s ) ∫ D j , ε ∇ ρ ψ ( ⋅ , s ) ⋅ ∇ ρ φ n ε ) d s = ∫ L j /2 L j ( χ ′ a n ′ + r 2 μ n χ a n ) d s , (71)
where we used the definition of a n a_n a n in (70) and the expression of a n ′ a_n' a n ′ .
First, taking χ ∈ C c ∞ ( ( L j / 2 , L j ) ) \chi\in C^\infty_c((L_j/2,L_j)) χ ∈ C c ∞ (( L j /2 , L j )) in (71) shows that
a n ′ ′ = μ n r − 2 a n , (72) a_n''=\mu_n r^{-2}a_n, \tag*{(72)} a n ′′ = μ n r − 2 a n , (72)
in the sense of distributions on ( L j / 2 , L j ) (L_j/2,L_j) ( L j /2 , L j ) . As a n a_n a n is continuous, this shows that a n ∈ C 2 ( [ L j / 2 , L j ] ) a_n\in C^2([L_j/2,L_j]) a n ∈ C 2 ([ L j /2 , L j ]) and that (72) holds pointwise on [ L j / 2 , L j ] [L_j/2,L_j] [ L j /2 , L j ] . Then, for χ \chi χ such that χ ( L j / 2 ) = 0 \chi(L_j/2)=0 χ ( L j /2 ) = 0 and χ ( L j ) = 1 \chi(L_j)=1 χ ( L j ) = 1 , an integration by parts gives
∫ L j / 2 L j χ ′ a n ′ = χ ( L j ) a n ′ ( L j ) − ∫ L j / 2 L j χ a n ′ ′ . \int_{L_j/2}^{L_j}\chi'a_n'=\chi(L_j)a_n'(L_j)-\int_{L_j/2}^{L_j}\chi a_n''. ∫ L j /2 L j χ ′ a n ′ = χ ( L j ) a n ′ ( L j ) − ∫ L j /2 L j χ a n ′′ .
Using (72) and (71) shows that a n ′ ( L j ) = 0 a_n'(L_j)=0 a n ′ ( L j ) = 0 . Therefore, solving (72) with the boundary condition a n ′ ( L j ) = 0 a_n'(L_j)=0 a n ′ ( L j ) = 0 gives
a n ( s ) = a n ( L j ) cosh ( μ n r ( L j − s ) ) , s ∈ [ L j / 2 , L j ] . (73) a_n(s)=a_n(L_j)\cosh\left(\frac{\sqrt{\mu_n}}{r}(L_j-s)\right),\qquad s\in[L_j/2,L_j]. \tag*{(73)} a n ( s ) = a n ( L j ) cosh ( r μ n ( L j − s ) ) , s ∈ [ L j /2 , L j ] . (73)
Energy bound. By (69) , the functions r μ n − 1 / 2 φ n ε r\mu_n^{-1/2}\varphi_n^\varepsilon r μ n − 1/2 φ n ε , n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 , are orthonormal for the scalar product ( θ , θ ′ ) ↦ ∫ D j , ε ∇ θ ⋅ ∇ θ ′ (\theta,\theta')\mapsto\int_{D_{j,\varepsilon}}\nabla\theta\cdot\nabla\theta' ( θ , θ ′ ) ↦ ∫ D j , ε ∇ θ ⋅ ∇ θ ′ . Hence, integrating Bessel’s inequality over s ∈ ( L j / 2 , L j ) s\in(L_j/2,L_j) s ∈ ( L j /2 , L j ) , and using (70) and (73) with cosh 2 ξ ≥ ξ 2 \cosh^2\xi\geq\xi^2 cosh 2 ξ ≥ ξ 2 ,
L j 3 24 r 4 ∑ n ≥ 1 μ n 2 a n ( L j ) 2 ≤ ∑ n ≥ 1 μ n r 2 ∫ L j / 2 L j a n ( s ) 2 d s ≤ ∥ ∇ ψ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 . (74) \frac{L_j^3}{24r^4}\sum_{n\geq1}\mu_n^2a_n(L_j)^2\leq\sum_{n\geq1}\frac{\mu_n}{r^2}\int_{L_j/2}^{L_j}a_n(s)^2\,ds\leq\|\nabla\psi\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2. \tag*{(74)} 24 r 4 L j 3 n ≥ 1 ∑ μ n 2 a n ( L j ) 2 ≤ n ≥ 1 ∑ r 2 μ n ∫ L j /2 L j a n ( s ) 2 d s ≤ ∥∇ ψ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 . (74)
Uniform bound on the hole. It remains to turn the bound (74) on the coefficients of the trace of ψ \psi ψ into a uniform bound on Γ j ε \Gamma_j^\varepsilon Γ j ε . To work on the fixed cross-section D j D_j D j , let
f ( y ) = ψ ( r y , L j ) − M j k ε , y ∈ D j , f(y)=\psi(ry,L_j)-M_{jk}^\varepsilon,\qquad y\in D_j, f ( y ) = ψ ( r y , L j ) − M j k ε , y ∈ D j ,
so that the left-hand side of (68) is ∥ f ∥ L ∞ ( D j ) \|f\|_{L^\infty(D_j)} ∥ f ∥ L ∞ ( D j ) , and denote f n = ∫ D j f φ n f_n=\int_{D_j}f\varphi_n f n = ∫ D j f φ n its coordinates in the basis ( φ n ) n ≥ 0 (\varphi_n)_{n\geq0} ( φ n ) n ≥ 0 . It is clear by definition that f f f has zero mean over D j D_j D j , that is f 0 = 0 f_0=0 f 0 = 0 . Then, for n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 , as φ n \varphi_n φ n has zero mean, the same change of variables and the definitions of φ n ε \varphi_n^\varepsilon φ n ε and a n a_n a n give
f n = ∫ D j ψ ( r y , L j ) φ n ( y ) d y = 1 r 2 ∫ D j , ε ψ ( ρ , L j ) φ n ( ρ / r ) d ρ = 1 r ∫ D j , ε ψ ( ρ , L j ) φ n ε ( ρ ) d ρ = a n ( L j ) r . f_n=\int_{D_j}\psi(ry,L_j)\varphi_n(y)\,dy=\frac{1}{r^2}\int_{D_{j,\varepsilon}}\psi(\rho,L_j)\varphi_n(\rho/r)\,d\rho=\frac{1}{r}\int_{D_{j,\varepsilon}}\psi(\rho,L_j)\varphi_n^\varepsilon(\rho)\,d\rho=\frac{a_n(L_j)}{r}. f n = ∫ D j ψ ( r y , L j ) φ n ( y ) d y = r 2 1 ∫ D j , ε ψ ( ρ , L j ) φ n ( ρ / r ) d ρ = r 1 ∫ D j , ε ψ ( ρ , L j ) φ n ε ( ρ ) d ρ = r a n ( L j ) .
Moreover, for n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 , μ n ≥ μ 1 > 0 \mu_n\geq\mu_1>0 μ n ≥ μ 1 > 0 gives 1 + μ n ≤ ( 1 + μ 1 − 1 ) μ n 1+\mu_n\leq(1+\mu_1^{-1})\mu_n 1 + μ n ≤ ( 1 + μ 1 − 1 ) μ n . Hence, by (74) ,
∑ n ≥ 1 ( 1 + μ n ) 2 f n 2 ≤ ( 1 + μ 1 − 1 ) 2 r − 2 ∑ n ≥ 1 μ n 2 a n ( L j ) 2 ≤ 24 ( 1 + μ 1 − 1 ) 2 L j 3 r 2 ∥ ∇ ψ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 . (75) \sum_{n\geq1}(1+\mu_n)^2f_n^2\leq(1+\mu_1^{-1})^2r^{-2}\sum_{n\geq1}\mu_n^2a_n(L_j)^2\leq\frac{24(1+\mu_1^{-1})^2}{L_j^3}r^2\|\nabla\psi\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2. \tag*{(75)} n ≥ 1 ∑ ( 1 + μ n ) 2 f n 2 ≤ ( 1 + μ 1 − 1 ) 2 r − 2 n ≥ 1 ∑ μ n 2 a n ( L j ) 2 ≤ L j 3 24 ( 1 + μ 1 − 1 ) 2 r 2 ∥∇ ψ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 . (75)
In particular, the series g = ∑ n ≥ 1 ( 1 + μ n ) f n φ n g=\sum_{n\geq1}(1+\mu_n)f_n\varphi_n g = ∑ n ≥ 1 ( 1 + μ n ) f n φ n converges in L 2 ( D j ) L^2(D_j) L 2 ( D j ) , and ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( D j ) 2 \|g\|_{L^2(D_j)}^2 ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( D j ) 2 is the left-hand side of (75) .
Let us show that f f f is the weak solution of the Neumann problem − Δ u + u = g -\Delta u+u=g − Δ u + u = g in D j D_j D j , ∂ n u = 0 \partial_nu=0 ∂ n u = 0 on ∂ D j \partial D_j ∂ D j . By classical theory, this problem has a unique weak solution u ∈ H 1 ( D j ) u\in H^1(D_j) u ∈ H 1 ( D j ) , that verifies
∀ v ∈ H 1 ( D j ) , ∫ D j ∇ u ⋅ ∇ v + ∫ D j u v = ∫ D j g v . \forall v\in H^1(D_j),\qquad\int_{D_j}\nabla u\cdot\nabla v+\int_{D_j}uv=\int_{D_j}gv. ∀ v ∈ H 1 ( D j ) , ∫ D j ∇ u ⋅ ∇ v + ∫ D j uv = ∫ D j g v .
Taking v = ϕ n v=\phi_n v = ϕ n , and as ∫ D j ∇ ϕ n ⋅ ∇ u = μ n ∫ D j ϕ n u \int_{D_j}\nabla\phi_n\cdot\nabla u=\mu_n\int_{D_j}\phi_n u ∫ D j ∇ ϕ n ⋅ ∇ u = μ n ∫ D j ϕ n u by definition of the Neumann eigenpair ( μ n , ϕ n ) (\mu_n,\phi_n) ( μ n , ϕ n ) , one gets ( 1 + μ n ) ∫ D j u ϕ n = ∫ D j g ϕ n = ( 1 + μ n ) f n (1+\mu_n)\int_{D_j}u\phi_n=\int_{D_j}g\phi_n=(1+\mu_n)f_n ( 1 + μ n ) ∫ D j u ϕ n = ∫ D j g ϕ n = ( 1 + μ n ) f n for every n ≥ 0 n\geq0 n ≥ 0 . Hence u u u and f f f have the same coordinates in the Hilbert basis ( ϕ n ) (\phi_n) ( ϕ n ) of L 2 ( D j ) L^2(D_j) L 2 ( D j ) , thus u = f u=f u = f .
Finally, as D j D_j D j is smooth, the H 2 H^2 H 2 -regularity of the Neumann problem [11, Theorem 9.26] gives f ∈ H 2 ( D j ) f\in H^2(D_j) f ∈ H 2 ( D j ) with ∥ f ∥ H 2 ( D j ) ≤ C ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( D j ) \|f\|_{H^2(D_j)}\leq C\|g\|_{L^2(D_j)} ∥ f ∥ H 2 ( D j ) ≤ C ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( D j ) , and the Sobolev embedding H 2 ( D j ) ⊂ C ( D j ‾ ) H^2(D_j)\subset C(\overline{D_j}) H 2 ( D j ) ⊂ C ( D j ) , valid in dimension 2, shows that f f f is continuous on D j ‾ \overline{D_j} D j . Together with (75) , this gives
∥ f ∥ L ∞ ( D j ) ≤ C ∥ f ∥ H 2 ( D j ) ≤ C ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( D j ) ≤ C r ε ∥ ∇ ψ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) . \|f\|_{L^\infty(D_j)}\leq C\|f\|_{H^2(D_j)}\leq C\|g\|_{L^2(D_j)}\leq Cr_{\varepsilon}\|\nabla\psi\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}. ∥ f ∥ L ∞ ( D j ) ≤ C ∥ f ∥ H 2 ( D j ) ≤ C ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( D j ) ≤ C r ε ∥∇ ψ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) .
where C C C only depends on D j D_j D j and L j L_j L j . By definition of f f f , this shows that ψ \psi ψ is continuous on Γ j ε ‾ \overline{\Gamma_j^\varepsilon} Γ j ε , and gives the first inequality of (68) . □
The quasi-mode is admissible
We can now show that Hypothesis 2.1 holds for the functions ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) defined in (44) , and derive the main result of this section.
Proposition 5.3. Assume that the radii satisfy
( r ‾ ε ) 3 = o ( min 1 ≤ j ≤ N r ε ( j ) ) as ε → 0 , (76) (\overline r_\varepsilon)^3=o\left(\min_{1\leq j\leq N}r_\varepsilon^{(j)}\right)\qquad\text{as }\varepsilon\to0, \tag*{(76)} ( r ε ) 3 = o ( 1 ≤ j ≤ N min r ε ( j ) ) as ε → 0 , (76)
that is, η ε → 0 \eta_\varepsilon\to0 η ε → 0 with η ε \eta_\varepsilon η ε defined in (66) . Then the functions ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) defined in (44) verify Hypothesis 2.1 with
K ε ( k ) = Φ ε ( k ) ∣ Ω ε ∣ = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ ∣ Ω ∣ L k ( 1 + O ( r ‾ ε ) ) , C = 1 , (77) K_\varepsilon^{(k)}=\frac{\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}=\frac{(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2|D_k|}{|\Omega|L_k}(1+O(\overline r_\varepsilon)),\qquad C=1, \tag*{(77)} K ε ( k ) = ∣ Ω ε ∣ Φ ε ( k ) = ∣Ω∣ L k ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ ( 1 + O ( r ε )) , C = 1 , (77)
and
E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = ( ∑ j = 1 N ( K ε ( j ) ) 1 / 2 ) 3 / 2 min 1 ≤ j ≤ N ( K ε ( j ) ) 1 / 4 , E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = ∑ j = 1 N ( K ε ( j ) ) 1 / 2 . (78) \mathcal{E}_1\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^N\right)=\frac{\left(\sum_{j=1}^N(K_\varepsilon^{(j)})^{1/2}\right)^{3/2}}{\min_{1\leq j\leq N}(K_\varepsilon^{(j)})^{1/4}},\qquad\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^N\right)=\sum_{j=1}^N(K_\varepsilon^{(j)})^{1/2}. \tag*{(78)} E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = min 1 ≤ j ≤ N ( K ε ( j ) ) 1/4 ( ∑ j = 1 N ( K ε ( j ) ) 1/2 ) 3/2 , E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) = j = 1 ∑ N ( K ε ( j ) ) 1/2 . (78)
Furthermore, the mean exit time and exit position of the reflected Brownian motion ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε killed on the holes defined in Type D are given by
E ν ε [ τ ε ] = ∣ Ω ∣ ( ∑ k = 1 N ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ L k ) − 1 ( 1 + O ( η ε ) ) . (79) \mathbb{E}_{\nu_\varepsilon}[\tau_\varepsilon]=|\Omega|\left(\sum_{k=1}^N\frac{(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2|D_k|}{L_k}\right)^{-1}(1+O(\eta_\varepsilon)). \tag*{(79)} E ν ε [ τ ε ] = ∣Ω∣ ( k = 1 ∑ N L k ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ ) − 1 ( 1 + O ( η ε )) . (79)
Then the exit position is independent of the exit time, and is distributed as, for k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } ,
P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣ / L k ∑ j = 1 N ( r ε ( j ) ) 2 ∣ D j ∣ / L j + O ( η ε ) . (80) \mathbb{P}_{\nu_\varepsilon}(\kappa_\varepsilon=k)=\frac{(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2|D_k|/L_k}{\sum_{j=1}^N(r_\varepsilon^{(j)})^2|D_j|/L_j}+O(\eta_\varepsilon). \tag*{(80)} P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = ∑ j = 1 N ( r ε ( j ) ) 2 ∣ D j ∣/ L j ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ∣ D k ∣/ L k + O ( η ε ) . (80)
Remark 5.4. When the radii are comparable, i.e. min j r ε ( j ) ≥ c r ‾ ε \min_j r_\varepsilon^{(j)}\geq c\overline r_\varepsilon min j r ε ( j ) ≥ c r ε , then η ε ≤ C r ‾ ε \eta_\varepsilon\leq C\overline r_\varepsilon η ε ≤ C r ε , and the errors in (79) and (80) are O ( r ‾ ε ) O(\overline r_\varepsilon) O ( r ε ) . For radii r ε ( j ) = ε α j r_\varepsilon^{(j)}=\varepsilon^{\alpha_j} r ε ( j ) = ε α j , (76) holds if and only if max j α j < 3 min j α j \max_j\alpha_j<3\min_j\alpha_j max j α j < 3 min j α j , and η ε = ε ( 3 min j α j − max j α j ) / 2 \eta_\varepsilon=\varepsilon^{(3\min_j\alpha_j-\max_j\alpha_j)/2} η ε = ε ( 3 m i n j α j − m a x j α j ) /2 .
Proof. The asymptotics of K ε ( k ) K_\varepsilon^{(k)} K ε ( k ) in (77) follow from (47) , as ∣ Ω ε ∣ = ∣ Ω ∣ + O ( ( r ‾ ε ) 2 ) |\Omega_\varepsilon|=|\Omega|+O((\overline r_\varepsilon)^2) ∣ Ω ε ∣ = ∣Ω∣ + O (( r ε ) 2 ) . In particular, there is c > 0 c>0 c > 0 such that c ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ≤ K ε ( k ) ≤ c − 1 ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 c(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2\leq K_\varepsilon^{(k)}\leq c^{-1}(r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2 c ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ≤ K ε ( k ) ≤ c − 1 ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 for all k k k , so that, by (66) and (78) , E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) \mathcal{E}_1((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^N) E 1 (( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) is bounded above and below by constant multiples of η ε \eta_\varepsilon η ε , and E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) \mathcal{E}_2((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^N) E 2 (( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) by constant multiples of r ‾ ε \overline r_\varepsilon r ε . As r ‾ ε ≤ η ε \overline r_\varepsilon\leq\eta_\varepsilon r ε ≤ η ε , the errors of Theorem 2.2 are thus O ( η ε ) O(\eta_\varepsilon) O ( η ε ) , and they vanish by (76) . Fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } and let us check all the hypotheses in Hypothesis 2.1 .
PDE. By (41) with Φ = Φ ε ( k ) \Phi=\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)} Φ = Φ ε ( k ) , Δ ψ ε ( k ) = Φ ε ( k ) / ∣ Ω ε ∣ = K ε ( k ) \Delta\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}=\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}/|\Omega_\varepsilon|=K_\varepsilon^{(k)} Δ ψ ε ( k ) = Φ ε ( k ) /∣ Ω ε ∣ = K ε ( k ) in Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε and ∂ n ψ ε ( k ) = 0 \partial_n\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}=0 ∂ n ψ ε ( k ) = 0 on Γ ε N \Gamma_\varepsilon^N Γ ε N .
Dirichlet estimate. By Proposition 5.2, ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) is continuous on Γ D ε ‾ \overline{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon} Γ D ε and ∥ ψ ε ( k ) − 1 Γ D , k ε ∥ L ∞ ( Γ D ε ) ≤ C η ε \|\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}-\mathbf{1}_{\Gamma_{D,k}^\varepsilon}\|_{L^\infty(\Gamma_D^\varepsilon)}\leq C\eta_\varepsilon ∥ ψ ε ( k ) − 1 Γ D , k ε ∥ L ∞ ( Γ D ε ) ≤ C η ε , which is the Dirichlet condition of (PDE) with E 1 \mathcal{E}_1 E 1 given in (78) . Normalization. As ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) has zero mean on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε , Lemma A.1 , (45) and (47) give
∥ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ C ∥ ∇ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = C Φ ε ( k ) ≤ C r ε , \|\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)} \le C\|\nabla\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}=C\sqrt{\Phi_\varepsilon^{(k)}}\le Cr_\varepsilon, ∥ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ C ∥∇ ψ ε ( k ) ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = C Φ ε ( k ) ≤ C r ε ,
which is (Norm) with E 2 E_2 E 2 given in (78) .
Eigenvalue. Both techniques used in Lemma 3.2 and in the proof of Proposition 4.2 apply to prove (Eig), with no additional complexity.
Conclusion. Having checked both hypotheses (Eig) and (PDE)–(Norm) of Hypothesis 2.1 , Theorem 2.2 holds. □
Numerical simulations
This section has two goals: checking the asymptotics of Table 1 in dimension 3, including the exit hole distribution, and testing their natural extension to dimensions d ≥ 4 d \ge4 d ≥ 4 , for which we do not provide a proof, but which can be studied with the same methods. The method is described in § 6.1 , the three-dimensional results are presented in § 6.2 , and the higher-dimensional ones in § 6.3 .
Method
Method. The Walk on Stars. Narrow escape simulations are costly, since τ ε \tau_\varepsilon τ ε diverges as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 [12, 13]. An Euler–Maruyama discretization of (3) must have steps smaller than the holes: it needs a time step h ≪ ε 2 h \ll\varepsilon^2 h ≪ ε 2 , hence it requires more than E [ τ ε ] / ε 2 \mathbb{E}[\tau_\varepsilon]/\varepsilon^2 E [ τ ε ] / ε 2 steps per trajectory. In [13, Section 4.1], this cost was reduced by Walk on Spheres (WoS) steps [44 , 50 ] away from the boundary, but Euler–Maruyama steps with h = 10 − 11 h=10^{-11} h = 1 0 − 11 remained necessary near the reflecting boundary. Finite element methods, on the other hand, are impractical to mesh domains of dimension d ≥ 4 d \ge4 d ≥ 4 and are computationally expensive for delicate geometries such as the tubes (Type D). We therefore use the Walk on Stars (WoSt) algorithm [54 ] , which extends WoS to Neumann boundary conditions and belongs to a recent family of grid-free Monte Carlo solvers [53 , 55 , 42 ] . WoSt has neither time step nor mesh: it only queries distances to the boundary and intersections of rays with it, in any dimension.
Let us give the main ideas of the Walk on Stars algorithm, following [54 Section 4] . The mean exit time u ( x ) = E x [ τ ε ] u(x)=\mathbb{E}_x[\tau_\varepsilon] u ( x ) = E x [ τ ε ] solves
{ − Δ u = 1 in Ω ε , u = 0 on Γ D ε , ∂ n u = 0 on Γ N ε . (81) \begin{cases}
-\Delta u = 1 & \text{in }\Omega_\varepsilon,\\
u = 0 & \text{on }\Gamma_\mathrm{D}^\varepsilon,\\
\partial_n u = 0 & \text{on }\Gamma_\mathrm{N}^\varepsilon. \tag*{(81)}
\end{cases} ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ − Δ u = 1 u = 0 ∂ n u = 0 in Ω ε , on Γ D ε , on Γ N ε . (81)
Fix x ∈ Ω ε x\in\Omega_\varepsilon x ∈ Ω ε and R > 0 R>0 R > 0 such that the ball B ( x , R ) B(x,R) B ( x , R ) does not meet Γ D ε \Gamma_\mathrm{D}^\varepsilon Γ D ε , and let St ( x , R ) = B ( x , R ) ∩ Ω ε \operatorname{St}(x,R)=B(x,R)\cap\Omega_\varepsilon St ( x , R ) = B ( x , R ) ∩ Ω ε . We assume that St ( x , R ) \operatorname{St}(x,R) St ( x , R ) is star-shaped with respect to x x x which can be ensured by reducing R R R . Denote by
G R ( x , y ) = ∣ y − x ∣ 2 − d − R 2 − d ( d − 2 ) ∣ S d − 1 ∣ G_R(x,y)=\frac{|y-x|^{2-d}-R^{2-d}}{(d-2)|\mathbb{S}^{d-1}|} G R ( x , y ) = ( d − 2 ) ∣ S d − 1 ∣ ∣ y − x ∣ 2 − d − R 2 − d
the Dirichlet Green function of B ( x , R ) B(x,R) B ( x , R ) . Green’s formula on St ( x , R ) \operatorname{St}(x,R) St ( x , R ) and (81) give
u ( x ) = ∫ St ( x , R ) G R ( x , y ) d y + ∫ ∂ St ( x , R ) u ( z ) ( − ∂ n z G R ( x , z ) ) d σ ( z ) . (82) u(x)=\int_{\operatorname{St}(x,R)}G_R(x,y)\,\mathrm{d}y+\int_{\partial\operatorname{St}(x,R)}u(z)\left(-\partial_{n_z}G_R(x,z)\right)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(z). \tag*{(82)} u ( x ) = ∫ St ( x , R ) G R ( x , y ) d y + ∫ ∂ St ( x , R ) u ( z ) ( − ∂ n z G R ( x , z ) ) d σ ( z ) . (82)
Following the same approach as [54 ] , we can write both integrals of (82) in polar coordinates around x x x and obtain a recursive formula for u ( x ) u(x) u ( x ) that can be used for sampling:
u ( x ) = E ν [ τ R ( t ( ν ) ) + u ( x + t ( ν ) ν ) ] , ν ∼ U ( S d − 1 ) , (83) u(x)=\mathbb{E}_\nu\left[\tau_R(t(\nu))+u(x+t(\nu)\nu)\right],\qquad\nu\sim\mathcal{U}(\mathbb{S}^{d-1}), \tag*{(83)} u ( x ) = E ν [ τ R ( t ( ν )) + u ( x + t ( ν ) ν ) ] , ν ∼ U ( S d − 1 ) , (83)
where
τ R ( t ) = ∣ S d − 1 ∣ ∫ 0 t G R ( x , x + ρ ν ) ρ d − 1 d ρ = 1 d − 2 ( t 2 2 − t d d R d − 2 ) . (84) \tau_R(t)=|\mathbb{S}^{d-1}|\int_0^tG_R(x,x+\rho\nu)\rho^{d-1}\,\mathrm{d}\rho=\frac{1}{d-2}\left(\frac{t^2}{2}-\frac{t^d}{dR^{d-2}}\right). \tag*{(84)} τ R ( t ) = ∣ S d − 1 ∣ ∫ 0 t G R ( x , x + ρ ν ) ρ d − 1 d ρ = d − 2 1 ( 2 t 2 − d R d − 2 t d ) . (84)
Formula (83) expresses u ( x ) u(x) u ( x ) through the value of u u u at the random point x 1 = x + t ( ν ) ν x_1=x+t(\nu)\nu x 1 = x + t ( ν ) ν . Applying it again at x 1 x_1 x 1 , then at x 2 x_2 x 2 , and so on, gives
u ( x 0 ) = E [ ∑ n ≥ 0 τ R n ( t n ) ] . u(x_0)=\mathbb{E}\left[\sum_{n\geq0}\tau_{R_n}(t_n)\right]. u ( x 0 ) = E [ n ≥ 0 ∑ τ R n ( t n ) ] .
where the sum runs over the steps of the random walk ( x n ) n ≥ 0 (x_n)_{n\geq0} ( x n ) n ≥ 0 until it reaches Γ D ε \Gamma_D^\varepsilon Γ D ε , where u = 0 u=0 u = 0 . A similar representation holds for the exit hole κ ε \kappa_\varepsilon κ ε , which is the index k k k of the hole on which it has escaped. This is the Walk on Stars algorithm, detailed in Algorithm 1.
Algorithm 1 Walk on Stars for the mean exit time and the exit hole.
Require: starting point x 0 ∈ Ω ε x_0\in\Omega_\varepsilon x 0 ∈ Ω ε , shell width η > 0 \eta>0 η > 0
x ← x 0 , T ← 0 x\leftarrow x_0,\quad T\leftarrow0 x ← x 0 , T ← 0
loop
if d ( x , Γ k ε ) < η d(x,\Gamma_k^\varepsilon)<\eta d ( x , Γ k ε ) < η for some k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } then
return ( T , k ) (T,k) ( T , k ) ▷ killed on the k k k -th hole
end if
R ← d ( x , Γ D ε ) R\leftarrow d(x,\Gamma_D^\varepsilon) R ← d ( x , Γ D ε ) ▷ reduced if St ( x , R ) \operatorname{St}(x,R) St ( x , R ) is not star-shaped
if x ∈ Γ N ε x\in\Gamma_N^\varepsilon x ∈ Γ N ε then
draw ν \nu ν uniformly among the inward directions at x x x
else
draw ν \nu ν uniformly on S d − 1 \mathbb{S}^{d-1} S d − 1
end if
s ← s\leftarrow s ← distance from x x x to Γ N ε \Gamma_N^\varepsilon Γ N ε in the direction ν \nu ν
t ← min { R , s } t\leftarrow\min\{R,s\} t ← min { R , s }
T ← T + τ R ( t ) T\leftarrow T+\tau_R(t) T ← T + τ R ( t ) ▷ see (84)
x ← x + t ν x\leftarrow x+t\nu x ← x + t ν ▷ x ∈ Γ N ε x\in\Gamma_N^\varepsilon x ∈ Γ N ε if t = s t=s t = s
end loop
Explanation of Algorithm 1. The walk is constructed as follows. At the current position x x x , we take the radius R = d ( x , Γ D ε ) R=d(x,\Gamma_D^\varepsilon) R = d ( x , Γ D ε ) , so that the ball B ( x , R ) B(x,R) B ( x , R ) does not intersect the killing region. We then draw a direction ν \nu ν : uniformly on the whole sphere S d − 1 \mathbb{S}^{d-1} S d − 1 if x x x lies inside Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε , and uniformly on the inward half-sphere if x ∈ Γ N ε x\in\Gamma_N^\varepsilon x ∈ Γ N ε . The latter follows from (6.2): at a smooth point of Γ N ε \Gamma_N^\varepsilon Γ N ε , its left-hand side becomes u ( x ) / 2 u(x)/2 u ( x ) /2 , while the inward directions only cover half of the sphere, and the two factors 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 cancel (see [54 Footnote 1 and Section 4.4] ). Next, we follow the ray from x x x in the direction ν \nu ν until it leaves St ( x , R ) \operatorname{St}(x,R) St ( x , R ) : either it reaches the sphere ∂ B ( x , R ) \partial B(x,R) ∂ B ( x , R ) (t = R t=R t = R ), or it hits Γ N ε \Gamma_N^\varepsilon Γ N ε first (t = s < R t=s<R t = s < R ). The time T T T is then increased by τ R ( t ) \tau_R(t) τ R ( t ) , the integral of G R ( x , ⋅ ) G_R(x,\cdot) G R ( x , ⋅ ) along the segment [ x , x + t ν ] [x,x+t\nu] [ x , x + t ν ] . If t = R t=R t = R , this is τ R ( R ) = R 2 / ( 2 d ) \tau_R(R)=R^2/(2d) τ R ( R ) = R 2 / ( 2 d ) , the mean exit time of ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 from B ( x , R ) B(x,R) B ( x , R ) , and the step is a classical Walk on Spheres step [44 ] ; if t < R t<R t < R , only the part of the ball lying in Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε contributes, and τ R ( t ) < R 2 / ( 2 d ) \tau_R(t)<R^2/(2d) τ R ( t ) < R 2 / ( 2 d ) . We compute τ R ( t ) \tau_R(t) τ R ( t ) in closed form, instead of sampling a point with density proportional to G R ( x , ⋅ ) G_R(x,\cdot) G R ( x , ⋅ ) as in [54 ] , which reduces the variance. Finally, the walker moves to x + t ν x+t\nu x + t ν .
Since t ≤ d ( x , Γ D ε ) t\leq d(x,\Gamma_D^\varepsilon) t ≤ d ( x , Γ D ε ) , a step of the walk never crosses Γ D ε \Gamma_D^\varepsilon Γ D ε , similarly to Walk on Spheres. We therefore kill the walk as soon as it enters the shell { d ( ⋅ , Γ k ε ) < η } \{d(\cdot,\Gamma_k^\varepsilon)<\eta\} { d ( ⋅ , Γ k ε ) < η } of some hole k k k , where η \eta η is a small parameter, in practice η = 10 − 4 ε \eta=10^{-4}\varepsilon η = 1 0 − 4 ε . This introduces a relative bias of order η / ε \eta/\varepsilon η / ε [41 ] , well below the statistical errors (see [8] for the influence of η \eta η on the number of steps of Walk on Spheres).
Initial distribution. WoSt simulates no trajectory, hence cannot sample ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε . All walks start from the uniform distribution on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε , which is a proxy for ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε . This is justified by the fact that the density ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε of ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε is close to φ ε / ∣ Ω ε ∣ \varphi_\varepsilon/|\Omega_\varepsilon| φ ε /∣ Ω ε ∣ , where the quasi-mode φ ε \varphi_\varepsilon φ ε is itself built from a constant function on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε , plus a small correction ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) . In the rest of this section, E \mathbb{E} E and P \mathbb{P} P without subscript refer to this uniform initial distribution, while E ν ε \mathbb{E}_{\nu_\varepsilon} E ν ε and P ν ε \mathbb{P}_{\nu_\varepsilon} P ν ε refer to the quasi-stationary one as in the previous sections.
As a check, starting instead from the center of the ball (Type B, d = 3 d = 3 d = 3 ), which shifts E [ τ ε ] \mathbb{E}[\tau_{\varepsilon}] E [ τ ε ] by an additive constant [13, Section 4.2], gives the same mean exit times within statistical error for ε ≤ 10 − 2 \varepsilon\le10^{-2} ε ≤ 1 0 − 2 .
Implementation and statistics. The code is written in Rust [61 ] , generic in the dimension 3 ≤ d ≤ 16 3 \le d \le16 3 ≤ d ≤ 16 , and parallelized over the walks with Rayon [59 ] . The domains are the unit ball and the cube [ − 1 , 1 ] d [-1,1]^d [ − 1 , 1 ] d . Distances and ray intersections are computed in closed form, except for the spheroidal holes of Type C, whose exact distance is computed by the robust bisection of [19], accurate down to w = 10 − 8 w = 10^{-8} w = 1 0 − 8 . With n n n walks per hole size, the relative standard error on E [ τ ε ] \mathbb{E}[\tau_{\varepsilon}] E [ τ ε ] is close to n − 1 / 2 n^{-1/2} n − 1/2 , that is 0.16 % 0.16\% 0.16% for n = 4 ⋅ 10 5 n = 4 \cdot10^5 n = 4 ⋅ 1 0 5 ; error bars in the figures are one standard error. In total, the 64 experiments, including the validations and variations of the tube length, comprise 563 parameter values and 5.9 ⋅ 10 7 5.9 \cdot10^7 5.9 ⋅ 1 0 7 walks, that is 1 786 core-hours on a single 32-core node. A table of the parameters of each experiment is given in Table 2 .
Table 2. Numerical setup. Slits lie along e 2 e_2 e 2 (along e 2 e_2 e 2 and e 3 e_3 e 3 for planar slits), with half-length ℓ = 1 / 2 \ell= 1/2 ℓ = 1/2 ; tubes have length L = 1 L = 1 L = 1 . Hole sizes are geometrically spaced, with 8 to 16 values per experiment; the smallest size is the minimum over all dimensions. The number of walks per size is reduced (down to 10 4 10^4 1 0 4 ) for the two or three smallest sizes. The tubes in dimension 3 in Figure 8 are those of Figure 4 .
Figure 8. Type D: tube of radius ε \varepsilon ε and length L = 1 L=1 L = 1 attached to the unit ball of R d \mathbb{R}^{d} R d , 3 ≤ d ≤ 6 3 \le d \le6 3 ≤ d ≤ 6 , E [ τ ε ] \mathbb{E}[\tau_\varepsilon] E [ τ ε ] against ε d − 1 \varepsilon^{d-1} ε d − 1 (curves offset by 10 d − 3 10^{d-3} 1 0 d − 3 ). Dotted: prediction.
Results in dimension 3.
Mean exit time. Figure 4 shows E [ τ ε ] \mathbb{E}[\tau_{\varepsilon}] E [ τ ε ] for a single hole of each type, with fits of the form predicted by Table 1 on the smallest holes. The fitted exponents agree with Table 1 within 0.3%, and the prefactors within 1% for A, B and C, and within 3.3% (1.5 standard errors) for D.
Figure 4. Mean exit time E [ τ ε ] E[\tau_{\varepsilon}] E [ τ ε ] for a single hole of each type in dimension 3: A, B and C on a face of the cube [ − 1 , 1 ] 3 [-1,1]^3 [ − 1 , 1 ] 3 (∣ Ω ∣ = 8 |\Omega| = 8 ∣Ω∣ = 8 ), D at the end of a tube of length L = 1 L = 1 L = 1 attached to the unit ball (∣ Ω ∣ = 4 π / 3 |\Omega| = 4\pi/3 ∣Ω∣ = 4 π /3 ). Lines: weighted least-squares fits, solid on the fitted range and dashed outside. Theoretical values from Table 1 .
Exit hole. Figure 5 shows the probability of exiting through the smaller of two holes. By Propositions 3.1, 3.3 and 5.3, it tends to 1/3 for A and B and to 1/5 for D. For slits, in the case of two slits of half-widths w w w and 2 w 2w 2 w , they are asymptotically equivalent (1/2), whereas in the case of two slits of half-lengths ℓ / 2 \ell/2 ℓ /2 and ℓ \ell ℓ , they are not (1/3). This is the three-dimensional counterpart of the two-dimensional phenomenon of [13, Remark 1.7].
Figure 5. Probability of exiting through the smaller of two holes in dimension 3: A (half-balls), B (geodesic caps) and D in the unit ball, with sizes ε \varepsilon ε and 2 ε 2\varepsilon 2 ε at the poles ± e 1 \pm e_1 ± e 1 ; C on opposite faces of the cube, either with half-widths w w w and 2 w 2w 2 w (same ℓ \ell ℓ ), or with half-lengths ℓ / 2 \ell/2 ℓ /2 and ℓ \ell ℓ (same w w w ). Dotted lines: limits 1/5, 1/3 and 1/2. Lines: fits.
Extending the results to higher dimensions
The constructions of § 3 to § 5 have formal analogues in any dimension d ≥ 4 d \ge4 d ≥ 4 . The expected scalings are given in Table 3 . Only for (Type A) have these results been proved, in [13, Theorems 1.4 and 1.6]. Figs. 6 to 8 illustrate that the scalings of {xref}Table 3 are verified up to $d = 16$. In {xref}Fig. 8`, the simulations are stopped at d = 6 d = 6 d = 6 as the Walk on Stars algorithm is not efficient for non-convex geometries. Around the connection with the tube, R R R has to be small so that St ( x , R ) \operatorname{St}(x,R) St ( x , R ) stays star-shaped, hence the number of steps of the walk is much higher than in the other geometries.
Table 3. Leading-order scaling of the mean exit time in dimension d d d .
Results in dimension 3
Figure 6. Types A (left) and B (right) in the cube [ − 1 , 1 ] d [-1,1]^d [ − 1 , 1 ] d , 3 ≤ d ≤ 16 3 \le d \le16 3 ≤ d ≤ 16 : E [ τ ε ] \mathbb{E}[\tau_\varepsilon] E [ τ ε ] against ε d − 2 \varepsilon^{d-2} ε d − 2 . Dotted: prediction.
Figure 7. Type C. Left: line slits in the cube [ − 1 , 1 ] d [-1,1]^d [ − 1 , 1 ] d , 4 ≤ d ≤ 10 4 \le d \le10 4 ≤ d ≤ 10 , E [ τ w ] \mathbb{E}[\tau_w] E [ τ w ] against w d − 3 w^{d-3} w d − 3 (curves offset by 10 d − 4 10^{d-4} 1 0 d − 4 ). Right: holes shrinking to a set of codimension 2, a segment in d = 3 d=3 d = 3 and a disk in d = 4 d=4 d = 4 , E [ τ w ] \mathbb{E}[\tau_w] E [ τ w ] against log ( 1 / w ) \log(1/w) log ( 1/ w ) . Dotted: prediction.
Acknowledgments and AI statement
Part of this work is funded by the Agence Nationale de la Recherche through the projects IPSO (ANR-23-CE40-0027) and DySLoS (ANR-25-CE40-6875). The author has received funding from the European Research Council (ERC) under the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme (grant agreement No 810367), project EMC2.
LLMs (Claude Opus 5.5) have been used to improve the general writing and presentation of the manuscript and correct typographical errors. Through this process a simpler yet more elegant proof of the results presented in § 5.1 was suggested by the LLM. The tikz figures were generated using Claude Opus. The author has verified the correctness of the results and proofs presented in this manuscript.
On the epsilon-uniform Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality
In this section, we prove that the Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality holds for all geometries considered in this work with a constant independent of ε \varepsilon ε . For the (Type A), (Type B) and (Type C) geometries, this is a classical result, see [48 Theorem 1.2] , as the domains are bounded and satisfy the uniform cone condition. This is not the case for the tubular holes geometry (Type D). However, the uniformity of the constant in the Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality on domains with thin channels has been studied in the literature (see [34 ] [3]). In particular, the convergence of the Neumann spectrum of the operator defined on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε to the one of Ω \Omega Ω by [3] would be sufficient to prove the uniform Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality, and it would lead to a constant max { μ 2 ( Ω ) − 1 / 2 , 2 ℓ / π } \max\{\mu_2(\Omega)^{-1/2},2\ell/\pi\} max { μ 2 ( Ω ) − 1/2 , 2 ℓ / π } , where ℓ \ell ℓ is the length of the longest tube and μ 2 ( Ω ) \mu_2(\Omega) μ 2 ( Ω ) is the first non-zero Neumann eigenvalue of Ω \Omega Ω . However, the author of [3] assume that the domains are smooth, which is not the case for Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε for the holes geometry considered in § 5 . We therefore provide a self-contained proof of the uniform Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality in this setting with a constant independent of ε \varepsilon ε .
Lemma A.1. Consider the geometry of § 5 , introduced in (Type D) with the domains Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε defined in (13) . There is C > 0 C>0 C > 0 , independent of ε \varepsilon ε , such that for any u ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) u\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) u ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) , it holds
∥ u − 1 ∣ Ω ε ∣ ∫ Ω ε u ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ C ∥ ∇ u ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) . \left\|u-\frac{1}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}u\right\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}\le C\|\nabla u\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}. u − ∣ Ω ε ∣ 1 ∫ Ω ε u L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ C ∥∇ u ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) .
Proof. Fix u ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) u\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) u ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) and denote u ˉ = 1 ∣ Ω ε ∣ ∫ Ω ε u \bar{u}=\frac{1}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}u u ˉ = ∣ Ω ε ∣ 1 ∫ Ω ε u . Since the mean over Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε minimizes k ↦ ∥ u − k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) k\mapsto\|u-k\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)} k ↦ ∥ u − k ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) over constants, it suffices to bound ∥ u − u ˉ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) \|u-\bar{u}\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)} ∥ u − u ˉ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) . Since T k , ε T_{k,\varepsilon} T k , ε are pairwise disjoint, by the definition of Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε in (13) , we have
∥ v ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 = ∥ v ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) 2 + ∑ k = 1 N ∥ v ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 ( v ∈ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ) . (85) \|v\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2=\|v\|_{L^2(\Omega)}^2+\sum_{k=1}^{N}\|v\|_{L^2(T_{k,\varepsilon})}^2\qquad(v\in L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)). \tag*{(85)} ∥ v ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 = ∥ v ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) 2 + k = 1 ∑ N ∥ v ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 ( v ∈ L 2 ( Ω ε )) . (85)
and the same identity holds for ∇ v \nabla v ∇ v . We bound each term separately.
Step 1 (the fixed domain). Since Ω \Omega Ω is bounded, connected, Lipschitz and independent of ε \varepsilon ε , there is a constant C P > 0 C_P>0 C P > 0 such that the Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality holds:
∥ u − u ˉ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) ≤ C P ∥ ∇ u ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) . (86) \|u-\bar{u}\|_{L^2(\Omega)}\le C_P\|\nabla u\|_{L^2(\Omega)}. \tag*{(86)} ∥ u − u ˉ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) ≤ C P ∥∇ u ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) . (86)
For the same reason, there is a constant C t r > 0 C_{\mathrm{tr}}>0 C tr > 0 such that the trace theorem holds, for any v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) v\in H^1(\Omega) v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) ,
∥ v ∥ L 2 ( ∂ Ω ) 2 ≤ C t r ( ∥ v ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) 2 + ∥ ∇ v ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) 2 ) , (87) \|v\|_{L^2(\partial\Omega)}^2\le C_{\mathrm{tr}}\left(\|v\|_{L^2(\Omega)}^2+\|\nabla v\|_{L^2(\Omega)}^2\right), \tag*{(87)} ∥ v ∥ L 2 ( ∂ Ω ) 2 ≤ C tr ( ∥ v ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) 2 + ∥∇ v ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) 2 ) , (87)
which is useful in the next step.
Step 2 (the tubes). Fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } and denote ℓ k = L k + sup ξ ∈ S ε ( k ) ℓ \ell_k=L_k+\sup_{\xi\in S_\varepsilon^{(k)}}\ell ℓ k = L k + sup ξ ∈ S ε ( k ) ℓ the maximal length of the k k k -th tube. We claim that
∥ u − u ˉ ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 ≤ 2 ℓ k ∥ u − u ˉ ∥ L 2 ( Σ k , ε ) 2 + ℓ k 2 ∥ ∂ s u ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 , (88) \|u-\bar{u}\|_{L^2(T_{k,\varepsilon})}^2\le2\ell_k\|u-\bar{u}\|_{L^2(\Sigma_{k,\varepsilon})}^2+\ell_k^2\|\partial_su\|_{L^2(T_{k,\varepsilon})}^2, \tag*{(88)} ∥ u − u ˉ ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 ≤ 2 ℓ k ∥ u − u ˉ ∥ L 2 ( Σ k , ε ) 2 + ℓ k 2 ∥ ∂ s u ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 , (88)
where ∂ s u = ∇ u ⋅ n k \partial_su=\nabla u\cdot n_k ∂ s u = ∇ u ⋅ n k .
For fixed ε \varepsilon ε , T k , ε T_{k,\varepsilon} T k , ε is a Lipschitz domain. Hence functions in C 1 ( T k , ε ‾ ) C^1(\overline{T_{k,\varepsilon}}) C 1 ( T k , ε ) are dense in H 1 ( T k , ε ) H^1(T_{k,\varepsilon}) H 1 ( T k , ε ) , and both sides of (A.4) are continuous, by the trace theorem on T k , ε T_{k,\varepsilon} T k , ε . It is therefore enough to prove (A.4) with u − u ‾ u-\overline{u} u − u replaced by some w ∈ C 1 ( T k , ε ‾ ) w\in C^{1}(\overline{T_{k,\varepsilon}}) w ∈ C 1 ( T k , ε ) . We use the coordinates x = x ( k ) + ρ + s n k x=x^{(k)}+\rho+sn_k x = x ( k ) + ρ + s n k of (11) , and write w ( ρ , s ) = w ( x ( k ) + ρ + s n k ) w(\rho,s)=w(x^{(k)}+\rho+sn_k) w ( ρ , s ) = w ( x ( k ) + ρ + s n k ) . For ρ ∈ D k , ε \rho\in D_{k,\varepsilon} ρ ∈ D k , ε and s ∈ ( h k ( ρ ) , L k ) s\in(h_k(\rho),L_k) s ∈ ( h k ( ρ ) , L k ) , the fundamental theorem of calculus gives
w ( ρ , s ) = w ( ρ , h k ( ρ ) ) + ∫ h k ( ρ ) s ∂ s w ( ρ , σ ) d σ . w(\rho,s)=w(\rho,h_k(\rho))+\int_{h_k(\rho)}^{s}\partial_s w(\rho,\sigma)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma. w ( ρ , s ) = w ( ρ , h k ( ρ )) + ∫ h k ( ρ ) s ∂ s w ( ρ , σ ) d σ .
By ( a + b ) 2 ≤ 2 a 2 + 2 b 2 (a+b)^2\leq2a^2+2b^2 ( a + b ) 2 ≤ 2 a 2 + 2 b 2 and the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality,
w ( ρ , s ) 2 ≤ 2 w ( ρ , h k ( ρ ) ) 2 + 2 ( s − h k ( ρ ) ) ∫ h k ( ρ ) L k ∣ ∂ s w ( ρ , σ ) ∣ 2 d σ . w(\rho,s)^2\leq2w(\rho,h_k(\rho))^2+2(s-h_k(\rho))\int_{h_k(\rho)}^{L_k}|\partial_s w(\rho,\sigma)|^2\,\mathrm{d}\sigma. w ( ρ , s ) 2 ≤ 2 w ( ρ , h k ( ρ ) ) 2 + 2 ( s − h k ( ρ )) ∫ h k ( ρ ) L k ∣ ∂ s w ( ρ , σ ) ∣ 2 d σ .
We integrate in s s s over ( h k ( ρ ) , L k ) (h_k(\rho),L_k) ( h k ( ρ ) , L k ) , an interval of length at most ℓ k \ell_k ℓ k , and use ∫ h k ( ρ ) L k 2 ( s − h k ( ρ ) ) d s = ( L k − h k ( ρ ) ) 2 ≤ ℓ k 2 \int_{h_k(\rho)}^{L_k}2(s-h_k(\rho))\,\mathrm{d}s=(L_k-h_k(\rho))^2\leq\ell_k^2 ∫ h k ( ρ ) L k 2 ( s − h k ( ρ )) d s = ( L k − h k ( ρ ) ) 2 ≤ ℓ k 2 . Then we integrate in ρ \rho ρ over D k , ε D_{k,\varepsilon} D k , ε . This yields
∥ w ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 ≤ 2 ℓ k ∫ D k , ε w ( ρ , h k ( ρ ) ) 2 d ρ + ℓ k 2 ∥ ∂ s w ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 . \lVert w\rVert_{L^2(T_{k,\varepsilon})}^2\leq2\ell_k\int_{D_{k,\varepsilon}}w(\rho,h_k(\rho))^2\,\mathrm{d}\rho+\ell_k^2\lVert\partial_s w\rVert_{L^2(T_{k,\varepsilon})}^2. ∥ w ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 ≤ 2 ℓ k ∫ D k , ε w ( ρ , h k ( ρ ) ) 2 d ρ + ℓ k 2 ∥ ∂ s w ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 .
Finally, Σ k , ε \Sigma_{k,\varepsilon} Σ k , ε is the graph of ρ ↦ x ( k ) + ρ + h k ( ρ ) n k \rho\mapsto x^{(k)}+\rho+h_k(\rho)n_k ρ ↦ x ( k ) + ρ + h k ( ρ ) n k over D k , ε D_{k,\varepsilon} D k , ε , so its surface element is
d σ = 1 + ∣ ∇ h k ( ρ ) ∣ 2 d ρ ≥ d ρ . \mathrm{d}\sigma=\sqrt{1+|\nabla h_k(\rho)|^2}\,\mathrm{d}\rho\geq\mathrm{d}\rho. d σ = 1 + ∣∇ h k ( ρ ) ∣ 2 d ρ ≥ d ρ .
Therefore ∫ D k , ε w ( ρ , h k ( ρ ) ) 2 d ρ ≤ ∥ w ∥ L 2 ( Σ k , ε ) 2 \int_{D_{k,\varepsilon}}w(\rho,h_k(\rho))^2\,\mathrm{d}\rho\leq\lVert w\rVert_{L^2(\Sigma_{k,\varepsilon})}^2 ∫ D k , ε w ( ρ , h k ( ρ ) ) 2 d ρ ≤ ∥ w ∥ L 2 ( Σ k , ε ) 2 , which proves (A.4).
Step 3 (conclusion). From their definition (12) , the mouths Σ k , ε \Sigma_{k,\varepsilon} Σ k , ε are pairwise disjoint subsets of ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω , so that ∑ k ∥ u − u ‾ ∥ L 2 ( Σ k , ε ) 2 ≤ ∥ u − u ‾ ∥ L 2 ( ∂ Ω ) 2 \sum_k\lVert u-\overline{u}\rVert_{L^2(\Sigma_{k,\varepsilon})}^2\leq\lVert u-\overline{u}\rVert_{L^2(\partial\Omega)}^2 ∑ k ∥ u − u ∥ L 2 ( Σ k , ε ) 2 ≤ ∥ u − u ∥ L 2 ( ∂ Ω ) 2 . We sum (A.4) over k k k and use ∣ ∂ s u ∣ ≤ ∣ ∇ u ∣ |\partial_su|\leq|\nabla u| ∣ ∂ s u ∣ ≤ ∣∇ u ∣ together with (A.3) and (A.2). This gives
∑ k = 1 N ∥ u − u ‾ ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 ≤ 2 ℓ C t r ( 1 + C P 2 ) ∥ ∇ u ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) 2 + ℓ 2 ∑ k = 1 N ∥ ∇ u ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 . (89) \sum_{k=1}^{N}\lVert u-\overline{u}\rVert_{L^2(T_{k,\varepsilon})}^2\leq2\ell C_{\mathrm{tr}}(1+C_P^2)\lVert\nabla u\rVert_{L^2(\Omega)}^2+\ell^2\sum_{k=1}^{N}\lVert\nabla u\rVert_{L^2(T_{k,\varepsilon})}^2. \tag*{(89)} k = 1 ∑ N ∥ u − u ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 ≤ 2 ℓ C tr ( 1 + C P 2 ) ∥ ∇ u ∥ L 2 ( Ω ) 2 + ℓ 2 k = 1 ∑ N ∥ ∇ u ∥ L 2 ( T k , ε ) 2 . (89)
where ℓ = max k ℓ k \ell=\max_k\ell_k ℓ = max k ℓ k is the maximal length of all the tubes. Finally, we combine (A.2) and (A.5) with (A.1) to obtain
∥ u − u ‾ ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 ≤ K ∥ ∇ u ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 , K = max { C P 2 + 2 ℓ C t r ( 1 + C P 2 ) , ℓ 2 } . \lVert u-\overline{u}\rVert_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2\leq K\lVert\nabla u\rVert_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2,\qquad K=\max\left\{C_P^2+2\ell C_{\mathrm{tr}}(1+C_P^2),\ell^2\right\}. ∥ u − u ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 ≤ K ∥ ∇ u ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 , K = max { C P 2 + 2 ℓ C tr ( 1 + C P 2 ) , ℓ 2 } .
The lemma holds with C = K 1 / 2 C=K^{1/2} C = K 1/2 .
Appendix B. Proof of the main theorem
We provide here the proof of Theorem 2.2 in the general case, following the steps made in [13, Section 3]. Throughout this section, ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) Ω ε (\cdot,\cdot)_{\Omega_\varepsilon} ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) Ω ε denotes the L 2 ( Ω ε ) L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon) L 2 ( Ω ε ) scalar product, ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ \langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ denotes the duality bracket between H − 1 / 2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) H^{-1/2}(\partial\Omega_\varepsilon) H − 1/2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) and H 1 / 2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) H^{1/2}(\partial\Omega_\varepsilon) H 1/2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) , and functions of H 1 ( Ω ε ) H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) H 1 ( Ω ε ) are identified with their traces on ∂ Ω ε \partial\Omega_\varepsilon ∂ Ω ε .
Let us first give a meaning to the normal derivatives introduced in (4) and (PDE). For u ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) u\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) u ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) such that Δ u ∈ L 2 ( Ω ε ) \Delta u\in L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon) Δ u ∈ L 2 ( Ω ε ) , we define the normal derivative ∂ n u \partial_nu ∂ n u as an element of H − 1 / 2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) H^{-1/2}(\partial\Omega_\varepsilon) H − 1/2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) by, for all v ∈ H 1 / 2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) v\in H^{1/2}(\partial\Omega_\varepsilon) v ∈ H 1/2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) ,
⟨ ∂ n u , v ⟩ = ∫ Ω ε ∇ u ⋅ ∇ w + ( Δ u ) w . (90) \langle\partial_nu,v\rangle=\int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\nabla u\cdot\nabla w+(\Delta u)w. \tag*{(90)} ⟨ ∂ n u , v ⟩ = ∫ Ω ε ∇ u ⋅ ∇ w + ( Δ u ) w . (90)
where w w w is any extension of v v v in H 1 ( Ω ε ) H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) H 1 ( Ω ε ) , such that tr ∂ Ω ε w = v \operatorname{tr}_{\partial\Omega_\varepsilon}w=v tr ∂ Ω ε w = v . Notice that the right-hand side of (B.1) is null for zero trace functions, hence the definition is indeed independent of the choice of w w w . The Neumann condition ∂ n u = 0 \partial_nu=0 ∂ n u = 0 on Γ N ε \Gamma^\varepsilon_N Γ N ε is then understood as ⟨ ∂ n u , v ⟩ = 0 \langle\partial_nu,v\rangle=0 ⟨ ∂ n u , v ⟩ = 0 for all v ∈ H 1 / 2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) v\in H^{1/2}(\partial\Omega_\varepsilon) v ∈ H 1/2 ( ∂ Ω ε ) vanishing on Γ D ε \Gamma^\varepsilon_D Γ D ε . Applying (B.1) twice, the gradient terms cancel and one obtains the Green formula: for all u 1 , u 2 ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) u_1,u_2\in H^1(\Omega_\varepsilon) u 1 , u 2 ∈ H 1 ( Ω ε ) such that Δ u 1 , Δ u 2 ∈ L 2 ( Ω ε ) \Delta u_1,\Delta u_2\in L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon) Δ u 1 , Δ u 2 ∈ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ,
⟨ ∂ n u 1 , u 2 ⟩ − ⟨ ∂ n u 2 , u 1 ⟩ = ( Δ u 1 , u 2 ) Ω ε − ( u 1 , Δ u 2 ) Ω ε . (91) \langle\partial_nu_1,u_2\rangle-\langle\partial_nu_2,u_1\rangle=(\Delta u_1,u_2)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}-(u_1,\Delta u_2)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}. \tag*{(91)} ⟨ ∂ n u 1 , u 2 ⟩ − ⟨ ∂ n u 2 , u 1 ⟩ = ( Δ u 1 , u 2 ) Ω ε − ( u 1 , Δ u 2 ) Ω ε . (91)
In particular, if u 1 = 0 u_1=0 u 1 = 0 on Γ D ε \Gamma^\varepsilon_D Γ D ε and ∂ n u 2 = 0 \partial_nu_2=0 ∂ n u 2 = 0 on Γ N ε \Gamma^\varepsilon_N Γ N ε , then ⟨ ∂ n u 2 , u 1 ⟩ = 0 \langle\partial_nu_2,u_1\rangle=0 ⟨ ∂ n u 2 , u 1 ⟩ = 0 .
We now provide a technical lemma.
Lemma B.1. Under Hypothesis 2.1 , consider the quasi-mode φ ε \varphi_\varepsilon φ ε defined in (16) and the density of the quasi-stationary distribution v ε v_\varepsilon v ε defined in (6) . Then, the following estimates hold
( v ε , φ ε ) Ω ε = 1 + O ( E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) , (92) (v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}=1+O\left(\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right), \tag*{(92)} ( v ε , φ ε ) Ω ε = 1 + O ( E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) , (92) and
⟨ ∂ n v ε , φ ε ⟩ = O ( λ ε E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) . (93) \langle\partial_n v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon\rangle=O\left(\lambda_\varepsilon\mathcal{E}_1\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right). \tag*{(93)} ⟨ ∂ n v ε , φ ε ⟩ = O ( λ ε E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) . (93)
Proof. We start by showing that the L 2 L^2 L 2 norm of v ε v_\varepsilon v ε is bounded uniformly in ε \varepsilon ε . By the uniform in ε \varepsilon ε Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality on Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε (see [48 Theorem 1.2] for (Type A)–(Type C) and Lemma A.1 for (Type D)), there exists C P W > 0 C_{\mathrm{PW}}>0 C PW > 0 independent of ε \varepsilon ε such that
∥ v ε − 1 ∣ Ω ε ∣ ( v ε , 1 ) Ω ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 ≤ C P W ∥ ∇ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 = C P W λ ε ∥ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 . (94) \left\|v_\varepsilon-\frac{1}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}(v_\varepsilon,1)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2\leq C_{\mathrm{PW}}\|\nabla v_\varepsilon\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2=C_{\mathrm{PW}}\lambda_\varepsilon\|v_\varepsilon\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2. \tag*{(94)} v ε − ∣ Ω ε ∣ 1 ( v ε , 1 ) Ω ε L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 ≤ C PW ∥∇ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 = C PW λ ε ∥ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 . (94)
where we used (6) to obtain the equality. Since ∥ v ε ∥ L 1 ( Ω ε ) = 1 \|v_\varepsilon\|_{L^1(\Omega_\varepsilon)}=1 ∥ v ε ∥ L 1 ( Ω ε ) = 1 , the left-hand side satisfies
∥ v ε − 1 ∣ Ω ε ∣ ( v ε , 1 ) Ω ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 = ∥ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 − 1 ∣ Ω ε ∣ . (95) \left\|v_\varepsilon-\frac{1}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}(v_\varepsilon,1)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2=\|v_\varepsilon\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2-\frac{1}{|\Omega_\varepsilon|}. \tag*{(95)} v ε − ∣ Ω ε ∣ 1 ( v ε , 1 ) Ω ε L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 = ∥ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 − ∣ Ω ε ∣ 1 . (95)
Plugging (B.5) into (B.6), one obtains
∥ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 ( 1 − C P W λ ε ) ≤ ∣ Ω ε ∣ − 1 . (96) \|v_\varepsilon\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}^2(1-C_{\mathrm{PW}}\lambda_\varepsilon)\leq|\Omega_\varepsilon|^{-1}. \tag*{(96)} ∥ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) 2 ( 1 − C PW λ ε ) ≤ ∣ Ω ε ∣ − 1 . (96)
Since, for all kinds of holes it holds
∣ Ω ∣ = ∣ Ω ε ∣ + o ( 1 ) , |\Omega|=|\Omega_\varepsilon|+o(1), ∣Ω∣ = ∣ Ω ε ∣ + o ( 1 ) ,
and since 1 − C P W λ ε ≥ 1 2 1-C_{\mathrm{PW}}\lambda_\varepsilon\geq\frac{1}{2} 1 − C PW λ ε ≥ 2 1 for ε \varepsilon ε sufficiently small by (Eig), the inequality (B.7) leads to
∥ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ M , (97) \|v_\varepsilon\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}\leq M, \tag*{(97)} ∥ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ≤ M , (97)
for some constant M > 0 M>0 M > 0 , independent of ε \varepsilon ε .
Let us now move on to the estimates claimed by this lemma. From the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, (B.8), the L 1 L^1 L 1 normalization of v ε v_\varepsilon v ε and (17) , we have
∣ ( v ε , φ ε ) Ω ε − 1 ∣ = ∣ ( v ε , φ ε − 1 ) Ω ε ∣ ≤ ∥ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ∥ φ ε − 1 ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = O ( E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) . \left|(v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}-1\right|=\left|(v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon-1)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}\right|\leq\|v_\varepsilon\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}\|\varphi_\varepsilon-1\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}=O\left(\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right). ∣ ( v ε , φ ε ) Ω ε − 1 ∣ = ∣ ( v ε , φ ε − 1 ) Ω ε ∣ ≤ ∥ v ε ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) ∥ φ ε − 1 ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = O ( E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) .
For the normal derivative, recall from [13, Proposition 1.3] that − λ ε − 1 ∂ n v ε -\lambda_\varepsilon^{-1}\partial_n v_\varepsilon − λ ε − 1 ∂ n v ε is the law of X τ ε X_{\tau_\varepsilon} X τ ε . Hence, ∂ n v ε \partial_n v_\varepsilon ∂ n v ε can be identified with a nonpositive Radon measure supported on Γ D ε \Gamma_D^\varepsilon Γ D ε , of total mass ∣ ∂ n v ε ( Γ D ε ) ∣ = λ ε \left|\partial_n v_\varepsilon(\Gamma_D^\varepsilon)\right|=\lambda_\varepsilon ∣ ∂ n v ε ( Γ D ε ) ∣ = λ ε , so that, for all g ∈ C 0 ( Γ D ε ‾ ) g\in C^0(\overline{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}) g ∈ C 0 ( Γ D ε ) ,
∣ ∫ Γ D ε g d ( ∂ n v ε ) ∣ ≤ λ ε ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( Γ D ε ) . (98) \left|\int_{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}g\,\mathrm{d}(\partial_n v_\varepsilon)\right|\leq\lambda_\varepsilon\|g\|_{L^\infty(\Gamma_D^\varepsilon)}. \tag*{(98)} ∫ Γ D ε g d ( ∂ n v ε ) ≤ λ ε ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( Γ D ε ) . (98)
Applying (B.9) to g = φ ε g=\varphi_\varepsilon g = φ ε , together with the Dirichlet condition of (17) , gives (B.4). □
We can now move on to the proof of Theorem 2.2 .
Proof of Theorem 2.2 . From [13, Proposition 1.3], starting from ν ε \nu_\varepsilon ν ε , the exit time τ ε \tau_\varepsilon τ ε is exponentially distributed with parameter λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε , it is independent of the exit position, and, for k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } ,
P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = − 1 λ ε ∫ Γ D ε 1 Γ D ε , k d ( ∂ n v ε ) , (99) \mathbb{P}_{\nu_\varepsilon}(\kappa_\varepsilon=k)=-\frac{1}{\lambda_\varepsilon}\int_{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}\mathbb{1}_{\Gamma_{D}^{\varepsilon,k}}\,\mathrm{d}(\partial_n v_\varepsilon), \tag*{(99)} P ν ε ( κ ε = k ) = − λ ε 1 ∫ Γ D ε 1 Γ D ε , k d ( ∂ n v ε ) , (99)
where 1 Γ D ε ∈ C 0 ( Γ D ε ‾ ) \mathbb{1}_{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}\in C^0(\overline{\Gamma_D^\varepsilon}) 1 Γ D ε ∈ C 0 ( Γ D ε ) , as the holes are separated. It therefore remains to estimate λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε and the right-hand side of (B.10). For brevity, we denote E = E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) + E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) \mathcal{E}=\mathcal{E}_1\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)+\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right) E = E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) + E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) , so that E → 0 \mathcal{E}\to0 E → 0 as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 .
Mean exit time. Apply (B.2) with u 1 = v ε u_1=v_\varepsilon u 1 = v ε and u 2 = φ ε u_2=\varphi_\varepsilon u 2 = φ ε . As v ε = 0 v_\varepsilon=0 v ε = 0 on Γ D ε \Gamma_D^\varepsilon Γ D ε and ∂ n φ ε = 0 \partial_n\varphi_\varepsilon=0 ∂ n φ ε = 0 on Γ N ε \Gamma_N^\varepsilon Γ N ε , one has ⟨ ∂ n φ ε , v ε ⟩ = 0 \langle\partial_n\varphi_\varepsilon,v_\varepsilon\rangle=0 ⟨ ∂ n φ ε , v ε ⟩ = 0 , so that, using (6) , (17) and ∫ Ω ε v ε = 1 \int_{\Omega_\varepsilon}v_\varepsilon=1 ∫ Ω ε v ε = 1 ,
⟨ ∂ n v ε , φ ε ⟩ = ( Δ v ε , φ ε ) Ω ε − ( v ε , Δ φ ε ) Ω ε = − λ ε ( v ε , φ ε ) Ω ε + C K ‾ ε . (100) \langle\partial_n v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon\rangle=(\Delta v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}-(v_\varepsilon,\Delta\varphi_\varepsilon)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}=-\lambda_\varepsilon(v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}+C\overline{K}_\varepsilon. \tag*{(100)} ⟨ ∂ n v ε , φ ε ⟩ = ( Δ v ε , φ ε ) Ω ε − ( v ε , Δ φ ε ) Ω ε = − λ ε ( v ε , φ ε ) Ω ε + C K ε . (100)
Plugging (B.3) and (B.4) into (B.11) leads to
λ ε ( 1 + O ( E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) ) + O ( λ ε E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) = λ ε ( 1 + O ( E ) ) = C K ‾ ε . \lambda_\varepsilon\left(1+O\left(\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right)\right)+O\left(\lambda_\varepsilon\mathcal{E}_1\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right)=\lambda_\varepsilon(1+O(\mathcal{E}))=C\overline{K}_\varepsilon. λ ε ( 1 + O ( E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) ) + O ( λ ε E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) = λ ε ( 1 + O ( E )) = C K ε .
Isolating λ ε \lambda_\varepsilon λ ε gives, for ε \varepsilon ε small enough,
λ ε = C K ‾ ε ( 1 + O ( E ) ) , E v ε [ τ ε ] = 1 λ ε = 1 C K ‾ ε ( 1 + O ( E ) ) , (101) \lambda_\varepsilon=C\overline{K}_\varepsilon(1+O(\mathcal{E})),\qquad\mathbb{E}_{v_\varepsilon}[\tau_\varepsilon]=\frac{1}{\lambda_\varepsilon}=\frac{1}{C\overline{K}_\varepsilon}(1+O(\mathcal{E})), \tag*{(101)} λ ε = C K ε ( 1 + O ( E )) , E v ε [ τ ε ] = λ ε 1 = C K ε 1 ( 1 + O ( E )) , (101)
which is the first claim.
Exit position. Fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } . Following [13, Section 3.3], we compare v ε v_\varepsilon v ε to the quasi-mode of the problem where the k k k -th hole has been removed:
φ ε ( − k ) = 1 − ∑ j ≠ k ψ ε ( j ) = φ ε + ψ ε ( k ) , \varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}=1-\sum_{j\ne k}\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)}=\varphi_\varepsilon+\psi_\varepsilon^{(k)}, φ ε ( − k ) = 1 − j = k ∑ ψ ε ( j ) = φ ε + ψ ε ( k ) ,
with ψ ε ( j ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(j)} ψ ε ( j ) given by Hypothesis 2.1. Summing (PDE) and (Norm) over j ≠ k j\ne k j = k as in (17) , − Δ φ ε ( − k ) = C ( K ‾ ε − K ε ( k ) ) -\Delta\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}=C(\overline{K}_\varepsilon-K_\varepsilon^{(k)}) − Δ φ ε ( − k ) = C ( K ε − K ε ( k ) ) in Ω ε \Omega_\varepsilon Ω ε , ∂ n φ ε ( − k ) = 0 \partial_n\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}=0 ∂ n φ ε ( − k ) = 0 on Γ ε N \Gamma_\varepsilon^N Γ ε N , ∥ φ ε ( − k ) − 1 ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = O ( E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) \|\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}-1\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}=O\left(\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right) ∥ φ ε ( − k ) − 1 ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = O ( E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) and, since 1 − 1 Γ ε k = ∑ j ≠ k 1 Γ ε j 1-\mathbb{1}_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^k}=\sum_{j\ne k}\mathbb{1}_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^j} 1 − 1 Γ ε k = ∑ j = k 1 Γ ε j on Γ ε D \Gamma_\varepsilon^D Γ ε D ,
∥ φ ε ( − k ) − 1 Γ ε k ∥ L ∞ ( Γ ε D ) = ∥ ∑ j ≠ k ( 1 Γ ε j − ψ ε ( j ) ) ∥ L ∞ ( Γ ε D ) = O ( E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) . (102) \left\|\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}-\mathbb{1}_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^k}\right\|_{L^\infty(\Gamma_\varepsilon^D)}
=\left\|\sum_{j\ne k}\left(\mathbb{1}_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^j}-\psi_\varepsilon^{(j)}\right)\right\|_{L^\infty(\Gamma_\varepsilon^D)}
=O\left(\mathcal{E}_1\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right). \tag*{(102)} φ ε ( − k ) − 1 Γ ε k L ∞ ( Γ ε D ) = j = k ∑ ( 1 Γ ε j − ψ ε ( j ) ) L ∞ ( Γ ε D ) = O ( E 1 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) . (102)
Proceeding as in (B.11) with φ ε ( − k ) \varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)} φ ε ( − k ) instead of φ ε \varphi_\varepsilon φ ε ,
⟨ ∂ n v ε , φ ε ( − k ) ⟩ = − λ ε ( v ε , φ ε ( − k ) ) Ω ε + C ( K ‾ ε − K ε ( k ) ) = − C K ε ( k ) + ( C K ‾ ε − λ ε ) − λ ε ( v ε , φ ε ( − k ) − 1 ) Ω ε . (103) \langle\partial_n v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}\rangle=-\lambda_\varepsilon(v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)})_{\Omega_\varepsilon}+C(\overline{K}_\varepsilon-K_\varepsilon^{(k)})=-CK_\varepsilon^{(k)}+(C\overline{K}_\varepsilon-\lambda_\varepsilon)-\lambda_\varepsilon(v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}-1)_{\Omega_\varepsilon}. \tag*{(103)} ⟨ ∂ n v ε , φ ε ( − k ) ⟩ = − λ ε ( v ε , φ ε ( − k ) ) Ω ε + C ( K ε − K ε ( k ) ) = − C K ε ( k ) + ( C K ε − λ ε ) − λ ε ( v ε , φ ε ( − k ) − 1 ) Ω ε . (103)
The second term in the right-hand side of (B.14) is a O ( K ‾ ε E ) O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon\mathcal{E}) O ( K ε E ) by (B.12). By the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, (B.8) and (B.12), the last term is bounded by M λ ε ∥ φ ε ( − k ) − 1 ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = O ( K ‾ ε E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) M\lambda_\varepsilon\|\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}-1\|_{L^2(\Omega_\varepsilon)}=O\left(\overline{K}_\varepsilon\mathcal{E}_2\left((K_\varepsilon^{(j)})_{j=1}^{N}\right)\right) M λ ε ∥ φ ε ( − k ) − 1 ∥ L 2 ( Ω ε ) = O ( K ε E 2 ( ( K ε ( j ) ) j = 1 N ) ) .
Therefore, decomposing 1 Γ ε D = φ ε ( − k ) + ( 1 Γ ε D − φ ε ( − k ) ) \mathbb{1}_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^D}=\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}+(\mathbb{1}_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^D}-\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}) 1 Γ ε D = φ ε ( − k ) + ( 1 Γ ε D − φ ε ( − k ) ) and using (B.9) with (B.13) for the second part,
∫ Γ ε D 1 Γ ε k d ( ∂ n v ε ) = ⟨ ∂ n v ε , φ ε ( − k ) ⟩ + O ( λ ε E ) = − C K ε ( k ) + O ( K ‾ ε E ) . \int_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^D}\mathbb{1}_{\Gamma_\varepsilon^k}\,\mathrm{d}(\partial_n v_\varepsilon)=\langle\partial_n v_\varepsilon,\varphi_\varepsilon^{(-k)}\rangle+O(\lambda_\varepsilon\mathcal{E})=-CK_\varepsilon^{(k)}+O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon\mathcal{E}). ∫ Γ ε D 1 Γ ε k d ( ∂ n v ε ) = ⟨ ∂ n v ε , φ ε ( − k ) ⟩ + O ( λ ε E ) = − C K ε ( k ) + O ( K ε E ) .
Finally, plugging this estimate and (B.12) into (B.10), and since K ε ( k ) ≤ K ‾ ε K_\varepsilon^{(k)}\le\overline{K}_\varepsilon K ε ( k ) ≤ K ε ,
P v ε ( κ ε = k ) = C K ε ( k ) + O ( K ‾ ε E ) C K ‾ ε ( 1 + O ( E ) ) = K ε ( k ) K ‾ ε + O ( E ) , \mathbb{P}_{v_\varepsilon}(\kappa_\varepsilon=k)=\frac{CK_\varepsilon^{(k)}+O(\overline{K}_\varepsilon\mathcal{E})}{C\overline{K}_\varepsilon(1+O(\mathcal{E}))}=\frac{K_\varepsilon^{(k)}}{\overline{K}_\varepsilon}+O(\mathcal{E}), P v ε ( κ ε = k ) = C K ε ( 1 + O ( E )) C K ε ( k ) + O ( K ε E ) = K ε K ε ( k ) + O ( E ) ,
which concludes the proof. □
Appendix C. On the Green function of the Neumann problem
Several quasi-modes in this work depend on the Green function of the Laplacian with Neumann boundary conditions. In this section, we recall its definition and some of its properties.
Definition C.1. For any y ∈ ∂ Ω y\in\partial\Omega y ∈ ∂ Ω , and p ∈ ( 1 , 3 / 2 ) p\in(1,3/2) p ∈ ( 1 , 3/2 ) , we denote G ( ⋅ , y ) G(\cdot,y) G ( ⋅ , y ) the zero-mean weak W 1 , p ( Ω ) W^{1,p}(\Omega) W 1 , p ( Ω ) solution of the following problem:
{ Δ x G ( ⋅ , y ) = 1 ∣ Ω ∣ in Ω , ∂ n G ( ⋅ , y ) = δ y on ∂ Ω . (104) \begin{cases}
\Delta_xG(\cdot,y)=\frac{1}{|\Omega|} & \text{in }\Omega,\\
\partial_nG(\cdot,y)=\delta_y & \text{on }\partial\Omega. \tag*{(104)}
\end{cases} { Δ x G ( ⋅ , y ) = ∣Ω∣ 1 ∂ n G ( ⋅ , y ) = δ y in Ω , on ∂ Ω. (104)
The existence, uniqueness and regularity of G G G are a consequence of [2, Proposition 2.3]. Through this definition it is clear that G G G can be used to solve the following Neumann problem: given g ∈ C 0 ( ∂ Ω ) g\in C^0(\partial\Omega) g ∈ C 0 ( ∂ Ω ) , the zero-mean classical solution of the following problem
{ Δ u = 1 ∣ Ω ∣ ∫ ∂ Ω g in Ω , ∂ n u = g on ∂ Ω , (105) \begin{cases}
\Delta u=\frac{1}{|\Omega|}\int_{\partial\Omega}g & \text{in }\Omega,\\
\partial_nu=g & \text{on }\partial\Omega, \tag*{(105)}
\end{cases} { Δ u = ∣Ω∣ 1 ∫ ∂ Ω g ∂ n u = g in Ω , on ∂ Ω , (105)
can be expressed as
u ( x ) = ∫ ∂ Ω G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) . (106) u(x)=\int_{\partial\Omega}G(x,y)g(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y). \tag*{(106)} u ( x ) = ∫ ∂ Ω G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) . (106)
This function has been studied in the context of the narrow escape problem in [56 ] [15, 13] and as itself in [26 , 40 ] . In particular, let us recall the following result from [26 ] .
Lemma C.2. There exists K > 0 K>0 K > 0 such that for any x ∈ Ω x\in\Omega x ∈ Ω and y ∈ ∂ Ω y\in\partial\Omega y ∈ ∂ Ω , the Green function G G G defined in Definition C.1 and its derivatives can be bounded as
∣ G ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ K ∣ x − y ∣ − 1 and ∣ ∇ x G ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ K ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 . \lvert G(x,y)\rvert\le K\lvert x-y\rvert^{-1}\qquad\text{and}\qquad\lvert\nabla_xG(x,y)\rvert\le K\lvert x-y\rvert^{-2}. ∣ G ( x , y )∣ ≤ K ∣ x − y ∣ − 1 and ∣ ∇ x G ( x , y )∣ ≤ K ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 .
Proof. Direct consequence of [26 ] , Equation 4.3, as Ω × ∂ Ω ⊂ Ω ‾ × Ω ‾ ∖ { x = y } \Omega\times\partial\Omega\subset\overline{\Omega}\times\overline{\Omega}\setminus\{x=y\} Ω × ∂ Ω ⊂ Ω × Ω ∖ { x = y } . □
We also recall the main result of [40 ] .
Lemma C.3. In the limit ∣ x − y ∣ → 0 \lvert x-y\rvert\to0 ∣ x − y ∣ → 0 , the function G G G defined in Definition C.1 can be written as
G ( x , y ) = 1 2 π 1 ∣ x − y ∣ + O ( ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣ ∣ ) , G(x,y)=\frac{1}{2\pi}\frac{1}{\lvert x-y\rvert}+O\bigl(\lvert\log\lvert x-y\rvert\rvert\bigr), G ( x , y ) = 2 π 1 ∣ x − y ∣ 1 + O ( ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣∣ ) , where the O O O refers to the limit ∣ x − y ∣ → 0 \lvert x-y\rvert\to0 ∣ x − y ∣ → 0 , uniformly in y ∈ ∂ Ω y\in\partial\Omega y ∈ ∂ Ω and x ∈ Ω ‾ ∖ { y } x\in\overline{\Omega}\setminus\{y\} x ∈ Ω ∖ { y } .
With these estimates, we now extend (C.2) and (C.3) to the case of g ∈ L p ( ∂ Ω ) g\in L^p(\partial\Omega) g ∈ L p ( ∂ Ω ) , p ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ) p\in(1,\infty) p ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ) .
Lemma C.4. Fix p ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ) p\in(1,\infty) p ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ) . For any g ∈ L p ( ∂ Ω ) g\in L^p(\partial\Omega) g ∈ L p ( ∂ Ω ) , consider the function φ \varphi φ defined on Ω \Omega Ω by
φ ( x ) = ∫ ∂ Ω G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) . \varphi(x)=\int_{\partial\Omega}G(x,y)g(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y). φ ( x ) = ∫ ∂ Ω G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) . Then φ \varphi φ is the zero-mean W 1 , p ( Ω ) W^{1,p}(\Omega) W 1 , p ( Ω ) weak solution of
{ Δ φ = 1 ∣ Ω ∣ ∫ ∂ Ω g in Ω , ∂ n φ = g on ∂ Ω , (107) \begin{cases}
\Delta\varphi=\dfrac{1}{\lvert\Omega\rvert}\int_{\partial\Omega}g & \text{in }\Omega,\\
\partial_n\varphi=g & \text{on }\partial\Omega, \tag*{(107)}
\end{cases} ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ Δ φ = ∣ Ω ∣ 1 ∫ ∂ Ω g ∂ n φ = g in Ω , on ∂ Ω , (107) that is, for every v ∈ C 1 ( Ω ‾ ) v\in C^1(\overline{\Omega}) v ∈ C 1 ( Ω ) ,
∫ Ω ∇ φ ⋅ ∇ v = − 1 ∣ Ω ∣ ( ∫ ∂ Ω g d σ ) ( ∫ Ω v ) + ∫ ∂ Ω g v d σ . \int_{\Omega}\nabla\varphi\cdot\nabla v=-\frac{1}{\lvert\Omega\rvert}\left(\int_{\partial\Omega}g\,\mathrm{d}\sigma\right)\left(\int_{\Omega}v\right)+\int_{\partial\Omega}gv\,\mathrm{d}\sigma. ∫ Ω ∇ φ ⋅ ∇ v = − ∣ Ω ∣ 1 ( ∫ ∂ Ω g d σ ) ( ∫ Ω v ) + ∫ ∂ Ω g v d σ . Moreover, for almost every x ∈ Ω x\in\Omega x ∈ Ω ,
∇ φ ( x ) = ∫ ∂ Ω ∇ x G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) . (108) \nabla\varphi(x)=\int_{\partial\Omega}\nabla_xG(x,y)g(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y). \tag*{(108)} ∇ φ ( x ) = ∫ ∂ Ω ∇ x G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) . (108) Finally, if p ≥ 4 / 3 p\ge4/3 p ≥ 4/3 , then φ ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) \varphi\in H^1(\Omega) φ ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) , and the weak formulation above holds for every v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) v\in H^1(\Omega) v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) .
Proof. First notice that φ \varphi φ is well defined on Ω \Omega Ω : for a fixed x ∈ Ω x\in\Omega x ∈ Ω , Lemma C.2 gives ∣ G ( x , ⋅ ) ∣ ≤ K dist ( x , ∂ Ω ) − 1 \lvert G(x,\cdot)\rvert\le K\operatorname{dist}(x,\partial\Omega)^{-1} ∣ G ( x , ⋅ )∣ ≤ K dist ( x , ∂ Ω ) − 1 on ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω , and g ∈ L p ( ∂ Ω ) ⊂ L 1 ( ∂ Ω ) g\in L^p(\partial\Omega)\subset L^1(\partial\Omega) g ∈ L p ( ∂ Ω ) ⊂ L 1 ( ∂ Ω ) .
Weak solution. From [2, Proposition 2.3], since g ∈ L p ( ∂ Ω ) g\in L^p(\partial\Omega) g ∈ L p ( ∂ Ω ) and the compatibility equation is verified, there exists a unique zero-mean φ ^ ∈ W 1 , p ( Ω ) \widehat{\varphi}\in W^{1,p}(\Omega) φ ∈ W 1 , p ( Ω ) weak solution to (C.4) and
∥ φ ^ ∥ W 1 , p ( Ω ) ≤ C ∥ g ∥ L p ( ∂ Ω ) . (109) \|\widehat{\varphi}\|_{W^{1,p}(\Omega)}\le C\|g\|_{L^p(\partial\Omega)}. \tag*{(109)} ∥ φ ∥ W 1 , p ( Ω ) ≤ C ∥ g ∥ L p ( ∂ Ω ) . (109)
It remains to show that φ = φ ^ \varphi=\widehat{\varphi} φ = φ . As p < ∞ p<\infty p < ∞ , there is a sequence ( g n ) n ∈ N (g_n)_{n\in\mathbb{N}} ( g n ) n ∈ N of smooth functions on ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω such that g n → g g_n\to g g n → g in L p ( ∂ Ω ) L^p(\partial\Omega) L p ( ∂ Ω ) . For each n ∈ N n\in\mathbb{N} n ∈ N , let φ n ( x ) = ∫ ∂ Ω G ( x , y ) g n ( y ) d σ ( y ) \varphi_n(x)=\int_{\partial\Omega}G(x,y)g_n(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y) φ n ( x ) = ∫ ∂ Ω G ( x , y ) g n ( y ) d σ ( y ) . By (C.3), φ n \varphi_n φ n is the zero-mean classical solution of (C.2) with g n g_n g n instead of g g g , so that, by the Green formula, it is also the zero-mean W 1 , p ( Ω ) W^{1,p}(\Omega) W 1 , p ( Ω ) weak solution associated with g n g_n g n . By linearity, (C.6) applied to g n − g g_n-g g n − g gives
∥ φ n − φ ^ ∥ W 1 , p ( Ω ) ≤ C ∥ g n − g ∥ L p ( ∂ Ω ) → n → ∞ 0 , \|\varphi_n-\widehat{\varphi}\|_{W^{1,p}(\Omega)}
\le C\|g_n-g\|_{L^p(\partial\Omega)}
\xrightarrow[n\to\infty]{}0, ∥ φ n − φ ∥ W 1 , p ( Ω ) ≤ C ∥ g n − g ∥ L p ( ∂ Ω ) n → ∞ 0 ,
so that, up to a subsequence, φ n → φ ^ \varphi_n \to\widehat{\varphi} φ n → φ almost everywhere in Ω \Omega Ω . On the other hand, for a fixed x ∈ Ω x \in\Omega x ∈ Ω , as G ( x , ⋅ ) G(x,\cdot) G ( x , ⋅ ) is bounded on ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω , the Hölder inequality gives
∣ φ n ( x ) − φ ( x ) ∣ ≤ ∥ G ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ L p ′ ( ∂ Ω ) ∥ g n − g ∥ L p ( ∂ Ω ) → n → ∞ 0. (110) \left|\varphi_n(x)-\varphi(x)\right| \le\left\|G(x,\cdot)\right\|_{L^{p'}(\partial\Omega)}\left\|g_n-g\right\|_{L^p(\partial\Omega)} \xrightarrow[n\to\infty]{} 0. \tag*{(110)} ∣ φ n ( x ) − φ ( x ) ∣ ≤ ∥ G ( x , ⋅ ) ∥ L p ′ ( ∂ Ω ) ∥ g n − g ∥ L p ( ∂ Ω ) n → ∞ 0. (110)
where p ′ = p p − 1 p'=\frac{p}{p-1} p ′ = p − 1 p is the conjugate exponent of p p p . Hence φ = φ ^ \varphi=\widehat{\varphi} φ = φ almost everywhere in Ω \Omega Ω .
Gradient. Let u ∈ C c ∞ ( Ω ) u\in C^\infty_c(\Omega) u ∈ C c ∞ ( Ω ) . By definition of the weak gradient,
⟨ ∇ φ , u ⟩ D ′ ( Ω ) , C c ∞ ( Ω ) = − ∫ Ω φ ∇ u = − ∫ Ω ( ∫ ∂ Ω G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) ) ∇ u ( x ) d x . (111) \langle\nabla\varphi,u\rangle_{D'(\Omega),C^\infty_c(\Omega)}
=-\int_\Omega\varphi\nabla u
=-\int_\Omega\left(\int_{\partial\Omega}G(x,y)g(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)\right)\nabla u(x)\,\mathrm{d}x. \tag*{(111)} ⟨ ∇ φ , u ⟩ D ′ ( Ω ) , C c ∞ ( Ω ) = − ∫ Ω φ ∇ u = − ∫ Ω ( ∫ ∂ Ω G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) ) ∇ u ( x ) d x . (111)
To exchange the integrals, notice that, as Ω ⊂ R 3 \Omega\subset\mathbb{R}^3 Ω ⊂ R 3 is bounded, M = sup y ∈ ∂ Ω ∫ Ω ( ∣ x − y ∣ − 1 + ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 ) d x < ∞ M=\sup_{y\in\partial\Omega}\int_\Omega\left(|x-y|^{-1}+|x-y|^{-2}\right)\,\mathrm{d}x<\infty M = sup y ∈ ∂ Ω ∫ Ω ( ∣ x − y ∣ − 1 + ∣ x − y ∣ − 2 ) d x < ∞ . Hence, by the Tonelli theorem and Lemma C.2,
∫ ∂ Ω ∫ Ω ( ∣ G ( x , y ) ∣ + ∣ ∇ x G ( x , y ) ∣ ) ∣ g ( y ) ∣ d x d σ ( y ) ≤ K M ∥ g ∥ L 1 ( ∂ Ω ) < ∞ . (112) \int_{\partial\Omega}\int_\Omega\left(|G(x,y)|+|\nabla_xG(x,y)|\right)|g(y)|\,\mathrm{d}x\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)\le KM\|g\|_{L^1(\partial\Omega)}<\infty. \tag*{(112)} ∫ ∂ Ω ∫ Ω ( ∣ G ( x , y ) ∣ + ∣ ∇ x G ( x , y ) ∣ ) ∣ g ( y ) ∣ d x d σ ( y ) ≤ K M ∥ g ∥ L 1 ( ∂ Ω ) < ∞. (112)
Moreover, for a fixed y ∈ ∂ Ω y\in\partial\Omega y ∈ ∂ Ω , Δ x G ( ⋅ , y ) \Delta_xG(\cdot,y) Δ x G ( ⋅ , y ) is constant in Ω \Omega Ω , so that G ( ⋅ , y ) G(\cdot,y) G ( ⋅ , y ) is smooth in Ω \Omega Ω by Weyl’s lemma, and, as u u u is compactly supported in Ω \Omega Ω , an integration by parts gives − ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) ∇ u ( x ) d x = ∫ Ω ∇ x G ( x , y ) u ( x ) d x -\int_\Omega G(x,y)\nabla u(x)\,\mathrm{d}x=\int_\Omega\nabla_xG(x,y)u(x)\,\mathrm{d}x − ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) ∇ u ( x ) d x = ∫ Ω ∇ x G ( x , y ) u ( x ) d x . Therefore, as u u u and ∇ u \nabla u ∇ u are bounded, (C.9) and the Fubini theorem in (C.8) lead to
⟨ ∇ φ , u ⟩ D ′ ( Ω ) , C c ∞ ( Ω ) = − ∫ ∂ Ω ( ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) ∇ u ( x ) d x ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) = ∫ ∂ Ω ( ∫ Ω ∇ x G ( x , y ) u ( x ) d x ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) = ∫ Ω ( ∫ ∂ Ω ∇ x G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) ) u ( x ) d x . \begin{aligned}
\langle\nabla\varphi,u\rangle_{D'(\Omega),C^\infty_c(\Omega)}
=-\int_{\partial\Omega}\left(\int_\Omega G(x,y)\nabla u(x)\,\mathrm{d}x\right)g(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y) \\
&=\int_{\partial\Omega}\left(\int_\Omega\nabla_xG(x,y)u(x)\,\mathrm{d}x\right)g(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y) \\
&=\int_\Omega\left(\int_{\partial\Omega}\nabla_xG(x,y)g(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)\right)u(x)\,\mathrm{d}x.
\end{aligned} ⟨ ∇ φ , u ⟩ D ′ ( Ω ) , C c ∞ ( Ω ) = − ∫ ∂ Ω ( ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) ∇ u ( x ) d x ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) = ∫ ∂ Ω ( ∫ Ω ∇ x G ( x , y ) u ( x ) d x ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) = ∫ Ω ( ∫ ∂ Ω ∇ x G ( x , y ) g ( y ) d σ ( y ) ) u ( x ) d x .
Hence (C.5) holds in the sense of distributions. As both sides of (C.5) belong to L 1 ( Ω ) L^1(\Omega) L 1 ( Ω ) , the left one as φ ∈ W 1 , p ( Ω ) \varphi\in W^{1,p}(\Omega) φ ∈ W 1 , p ( Ω ) and the right one by (C.9), they coincide almost everywhere in Ω \Omega Ω .
H 1 H^1 H 1 regularity. Assume now that p ≥ 4 / 3 p\ge4/3 p ≥ 4/3 , so that g ∈ L 4 / 3 ( ∂ Ω ) g\in L^{4/3}(\partial\Omega) g ∈ L 4/3 ( ∂ Ω ) as ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω is bounded. As ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω is a smooth compact surface, the Sobolev embedding H 1 / 2 ( ∂ Ω ) ⊂ L 4 ( ∂ Ω ) H^{1/2}(\partial\Omega)\subset L^4(\partial\Omega) H 1/2 ( ∂ Ω ) ⊂ L 4 ( ∂ Ω ) holds (see [18, Theorem 6.5] together with local charts). Combined with the trace theorem and the Hölder inequality,
∣ ∫ ∂ Ω g v d σ ∣ ≤ ∥ g ∥ L 4 / 3 ( ∂ Ω ) ∥ v ∥ L 4 ( ∂ Ω ) ≤ C ∥ g ∥ L 4 / 3 ( ∂ Ω ) ∥ v ∥ H 1 ( Ω ) , v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) , \left|\int_{\partial\Omega}gv\,\mathrm{d}\sigma\right|
\le\|g\|_{L^{4/3}(\partial\Omega)}\|v\|_{L^4(\partial\Omega)}
\le C\|g\|_{L^{4/3}(\partial\Omega)}\|v\|_{H^1(\Omega)},\qquad v\in H^1(\Omega), ∫ ∂ Ω g v d σ ≤ ∥ g ∥ L 4/3 ( ∂ Ω ) ∥ v ∥ L 4 ( ∂ Ω ) ≤ C ∥ g ∥ L 4/3 ( ∂ Ω ) ∥ v ∥ H 1 ( Ω ) , v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) ,
so that the right-hand side of the weak formulation is a continuous linear form on H 1 ( Ω ) H^1(\Omega) H 1 ( Ω ) . By the Lax–Milgram theorem on the zero-mean functions of H 1 ( Ω ) H^1(\Omega) H 1 ( Ω ) , together with the Poincaré–Wirtinger inequality on Ω \Omega Ω , there exists a unique zero-mean φ ~ ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) \widetilde{\varphi}\in H^1(\Omega) φ ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) satisfying the weak formulation for every v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) v\in H^1(\Omega) v ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) . As Ω \Omega Ω is bounded, φ ~ ∈ W 1 , 4 / 3 ( Ω ) \widetilde{\varphi}\in W^{1,4/3}(\Omega) φ ∈ W 1 , 4/3 ( Ω ) , and φ ~ \widetilde{\varphi} φ is a zero-mean W 1 , 4 / 3 ( Ω ) W^{1,4/3}(\Omega) W 1 , 4/3 ( Ω ) weak solution of (C.4). Applying the first part of this lemma with the exponent 4 / 3 4/3 4/3 , the uniqueness of this solution gives φ = φ ~ ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) \varphi=\widetilde{\varphi}\in H^1(\Omega) φ = φ ∈ H 1 ( Ω ) . □
Let us conclude this section with a uniform bound on the L 2 L^2 L 2 norm of the Green function G G G .
Lemma C.5. There exists a constant M M M depending only on Ω \Omega Ω such that
sup y ∈ ∂ Ω ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) 2 d x < M . (113) \sup_{y\in\partial\Omega}\int_\Omega G(x,y)^2\,\mathrm{d}x<M. \tag*{(113)} y ∈ ∂ Ω sup ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) 2 d x < M . (113)
Proof. Let D > 0 D>0 D > 0 , so that Ω ⊂ B ( y , D ) \Omega\subset B(y,D) Ω ⊂ B ( y , D ) for every y ∈ Ω ‾ y\in\overline{\Omega} y ∈ Ω . Using Lemma C.2, one has that
∫ Ω G ( x , y ) 2 d x ≤ K 2 ∫ Ω d x ∣ x − y ∣ 2 . \int_\Omega G(x,y)^2\,\mathrm{d}x\le K^2\int_\Omega\frac{\mathrm{d}x}{|x-y|^2}. ∫ Ω G ( x , y ) 2 d x ≤ K 2 ∫ Ω ∣ x − y ∣ 2 d x .
Then, passing to spherical coordinates centered at y y y and using Ω ⊂ B ( y , D ) \Omega\subset B(y,D) Ω ⊂ B ( y , D ) ,
∫ Ω d x ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ≤ ∫ B ( y , D ) d x ∣ x − y ∣ 2 = ∫ 0 2 π ∫ 0 π ∫ 0 D 1 r 2 r 2 sin θ d r d θ d ϕ = 4 π D < ∞ , \int_\Omega\frac{\mathrm{d}x}{|x-y|^2}
\le\int_{B(y,D)}\frac{\mathrm{d}x}{|x-y|^2}
=\int_0^{2\pi}\int_0^\pi\int_0^D\frac{1}{r^2}r^2\sin\theta\,\mathrm{d}r\,\mathrm{d}\theta\,\mathrm{d}\phi
=4\pi D<\infty, ∫ Ω ∣ x − y ∣ 2 d x ≤ ∫ B ( y , D ) ∣ x − y ∣ 2 d x = ∫ 0 2 π ∫ 0 π ∫ 0 D r 2 1 r 2 sin θ d r d θ d ϕ = 4 π D < ∞ ,
which is indeed bounded uniformly in y ∈ ∂ Ω y\in\partial\Omega y ∈ ∂ Ω . □
:::
Computation of the asymptotics of the integrals
This section is devoted to the computation of the asymptotics of the integrals appearing in the proof of Proposition 3.3 and Lemma 4.1.
In the case of spherical holes from Section 3.2
D.1. In the case of spherical holes from Section 3.2. In this subsection, we go back to the notation of Section 3.2 and compute the asymptotics of the integrals appearing in the proof of Proposition 3.3. For this let us introduce a local parametrization of the boundary ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω . For r > 0 r>0 r > 0 and k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } we use the Riemannian exponential map of ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω at x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) ,
y ( ⋅ ) : B ( 0 , r ) ⊂ R 2 ⟶ ∂ Ω , y ( z ) : = exp x ( k ) ∂ Ω ( z ) , y(\cdot): B(0,r)\subset\mathbb{R}^{2}\longrightarrow\partial\Omega,\qquad y(z):=\exp_{x^{(k)}}^{\partial\Omega}(z), y ( ⋅ ) : B ( 0 , r ) ⊂ R 2 ⟶ ∂ Ω , y ( z ) := exp x ( k ) ∂ Ω ( z ) ,
where T x ( k ) ∂ Ω ≃ R 2 T_{x^{(k)}}\partial\Omega\simeq\mathbb{R}^{2} T x ( k ) ∂ Ω ≃ R 2 is identified through an orthonormal basis ( e 1 , e 2 ) (e_1,e_2) ( e 1 , e 2 ) and n ( x ( k ) ) n(x^{(k)}) n ( x ( k ) ) is the outward unit normal to Ω \Omega Ω at x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) . As ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω is compact and smooth, there exists r > 0 r>0 r > 0 independent of k k k such that for any r ε ( k ) < r r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}<r r ε ( k ) < r , y ( ⋅ ) y(\cdot) y ( ⋅ ) is a diffeomorphism from a neighborhood of 0 0 0 onto its image. Let us state the three properties on y y y that are needed for the asymptotic analysis of the integrals in Section 3.2.
Gauss’s lemma. Radial lines through the origin are unit-speed geodesics issued from x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) , so
d ∂ Ω ( y ( z ) , x ( k ) ) = ∣ z ∣ , hence y − 1 ( Γ ε k ) = B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) exactly . (114) d_{\partial\Omega}(y(z),x^{(k)})=|z|,\qquad\text{hence}\qquad y^{-1}(\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k})=B(0,r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})\text{ exactly}. \tag*{(114)} d ∂ Ω ( y ( z ) , x ( k ) ) = ∣ z ∣ , hence y − 1 ( Γ ε k ) = B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) exactly . (114)
Jacobian. Writing the surface measure on Γ ε k \Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k} Γ ε k as d σ ( y ) = J k ( z ) d z d\sigma(y)=J_k(z)\,dz d σ ( y ) = J k ( z ) d z , the area element of geodesic polar coordinates satisfies, uniformly in k k k ,
∣ J k ( z ) − 1 ∣ ≤ C ∣ z ∣ 2 , C = C ( Ω ) > 0. (115) |J_k(z)-1|\leq C|z|^2,\qquad C=C(\Omega)>0. \tag*{(115)} ∣ J k ( z ) − 1∣ ≤ C ∣ z ∣ 2 , C = C ( Ω ) > 0. (115)
Extrinsic distance. The map exp x ( k ) ∂ Ω \exp_{x^{(k)}}^{\partial\Omega} exp x ( k ) ∂ Ω has the second-order expansion using the second fundamental form I I x ( k ) \mathrm{II}_{x^{(k)}} II x ( k ) of ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω at x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) :
y ( z ) = x ( k ) + z + 1 2 I I x ( k ) ( z , z ) n ( x ( k ) ) + O ( ∣ z ∣ 3 ) . (116) y(z)=x^{(k)}+z+\frac{1}{2}\mathrm{II}_{x^{(k)}}(z,z)n(x^{(k)})+O(|z|^3). \tag*{(116)} y ( z ) = x ( k ) + z + 2 1 II x ( k ) ( z , z ) n ( x ( k ) ) + O ( ∣ z ∣ 3 ) . (116)
Notice that in (D.3), the quadratic correction is normal to T x ( k ) ∂ Ω T_{x^{(k)}}\partial\Omega T x ( k ) ∂ Ω ; consequently, for w 0 , w ∈ B ( 0 , 1 ) ‾ w_0,w\in\overline{B(0,1)} w 0 , w ∈ B ( 0 , 1 ) ,
∣ y ( r ε ( k ) w 0 ) − y ( r ε ( k ) w ) ∣ = r ε ( k ) ∣ w 0 − w ∣ ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) , uniformly . (117) \left|y(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w_0)-y(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w)\right|=r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}|w_0-w|\left(1+O((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2)\right),
\qquad\text{uniformly}. \tag*{(117)} y ( r ε ( k ) w 0 ) − y ( r ε ( k ) w ) = r ε ( k ) ∣ w 0 − w ∣ ( 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) , uniformly . (117)
Let us now state the main result of this subsection, which is a direct computation of the integrals needed in Section 3.2.
Lemma D.1. Fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } and let ρ ε ( k ) \rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ρ ε ( k ) be the function defined on Γ ε k \Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k} Γ ε k by
ρ ε ( k ) : y ↦ ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − d ∂ Ω ( y , x ( k ) ) 2 ) − 1 / 2 . (118) \rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}:y\mapsto\left((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2-d_{\partial\Omega}(y,x^{(k)})^2\right)^{-1/2}. \tag*{(118)} ρ ε ( k ) : y ↦ ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − d ∂ Ω ( y , x ( k ) ) 2 ) − 1/2 . (118) Then, as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , it holds that
(a) (Integrability) for every p ∈ [ 1 , 2 ) p\in[1,2) p ∈ [ 1 , 2 ) ,
∫ Γ ε k ( ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) ) p d σ ( y ) = 2 π 2 − p ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − p ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) , \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\left(\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)\right)^p\,d\sigma(y)=\frac{2\pi}{2-p}(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^{2-p}\left(1+O((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2)\right), ∫ Γ ε k ( ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) ) p d σ ( y ) = 2 − p 2 π ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − p ( 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) , while ρ ε ( k ) ∉ L 2 ( Γ ε k ) \rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\notin L^2(\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}) ρ ε ( k ) ∈ / L 2 ( Γ ε k ) ;
(b) (Mass) in particular, for p = 1 p=1 p = 1 ,
∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) d σ ( y ) = 2 π r ε ( k ) ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) ; \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)\,d\sigma(y)=2\pi r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\left(1+O((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2)\right); ∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) d σ ( y ) = 2 π r ε ( k ) ( 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) ; (c) (Newtonian potential) for every x ∈ Γ ε k x\in\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k} x ∈ Γ ε k ,
∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = π 2 + O ( r ε ( k ) ) ; \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\frac{\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)}{2\pi|x-y|}\,d\sigma(y)=\frac{\pi}{2}+O(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}); ∫ Γ ε k 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) d σ ( y ) = 2 π + O ( r ε ( k ) ) ; (d) (Logarithmic potential) for every x ∈ Γ ε k x\in\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k} x ∈ Γ ε k ,
∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) log ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = O ( r ε ( k ) ∣ log r ε ( k ) ∣ ) . \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)\log|x-y|\,d\sigma(y)=O\left(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\left|\log r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\right|\right). ∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) log ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = O ( r ε ( k ) log r ε ( k ) ) .
Proof. Fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } and take y ∈ Γ ε k y\in\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k} y ∈ Γ ε k . The function ρ ε ( k ) \rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ρ ε ( k ) in (D.5) can be expressed, after the change of variables y = y ( z ) y=y(z) y = y ( z ) , by (D.1) with z ∈ B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) z\in B(0,r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}) z ∈ B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) , and after the rescaling z = r ε ( k ) w z=r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w z = r ε ( k ) w ,
ρ ε ( k ) ( y ( r ε ( k ) w ) ) = ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − ∣ r ε ( k ) w ∣ 2 ) − 1 / 2 = 1 r ε ( k ) 1 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 . (119) \rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\left(y(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w)\right)=\left((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2-|r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w|^2\right)^{-1/2}=\frac{1}{r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}}\frac{1}{\sqrt{1-|w|^2}}. \tag*{(119)} ρ ε ( k ) ( y ( r ε ( k ) w ) ) = ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − ∣ r ε ( k ) w ∣ 2 ) − 1/2 = r ε ( k ) 1 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 1 . (119)
Thus, for any F : Γ ε k → R F:\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}\to\mathbb{R} F : Γ ε k → R regular enough so the integrals are well defined,
∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) F ( y ) d σ ( y ) = r ε ( k ) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) J k ( r ε ( k ) w ) 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 F ( y ( r ε ( k ) w ) ) d w . (120) \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)F(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)=r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\int_{B(0,1)}\frac{J_k(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w)}{\sqrt{1-|w|^2}}F(y(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w))\,\mathrm{d}w. \tag*{(120)} ∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) F ( y ) d σ ( y ) = r ε ( k ) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 J k ( r ε ( k ) w ) F ( y ( r ε ( k ) w )) d w . (120)
Using (D.2), we can expand the integrand in (D.7) as
∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) F ( y ) d σ ( y ) = r ε ( k ) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) F ( y ( r ε ( k ) w ) ) 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 d w + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 3 ) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) ∣ F ( y ( r ε ( k ) w ) ) ∣ 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 d w . (121) \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)F(y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)=r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\int_{B(0,1)}\frac{F(y(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w))}{\sqrt{1-|w|^2}}\,\mathrm{d}w+O((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^3)\int_{B(0,1)}\frac{|F(y(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w))|}{\sqrt{1-|w|^2}}\,\mathrm{d}w. \tag*{(121)} ∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) F ( y ) d σ ( y ) = r ε ( k ) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 F ( y ( r ε ( k ) w )) d w + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 3 ) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ F ( y ( r ε ( k ) w )) ∣ d w . (121)
(a) Integrability. For p ∈ [ 1 , 2 ) p\in[1,2) p ∈ [ 1 , 2 ) , the change of variables y = y ( r ε ( k ) w ) y=y(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w) y = y ( r ε ( k ) w ) together with (D.6) and (D.2) gives
∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) p d σ ( y ) = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − p ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) J k ( r ε ( k ) w ) ( 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 ) p / 2 d w = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − p ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) 2 π ∫ 0 1 s d s ( 1 − s 2 ) p / 2 . \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)^p\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)=(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^{2-p}\int_{B(0,1)}\frac{J_k(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w)}{(1-|w|^2)^{p/2}}\,\mathrm{d}w=(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^{2-p}(1+O((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2))\,2\pi\int_0^1\frac{s\,\mathrm{d}s}{(1-s^2)^{p/2}}. ∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) p d σ ( y ) = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − p ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) ( 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 ) p /2 J k ( r ε ( k ) w ) d w = ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − p ( 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 )) 2 π ∫ 0 1 ( 1 − s 2 ) p /2 s d s .
The last integral equals 1 / ( 2 − p ) 1/(2-p) 1/ ( 2 − p ) , which gives the claimed formula, and it diverges for p = 2 p=2 p = 2 , so that ρ ε ( k ) ∉ L 2 ( Γ ε k ) \rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\notin L^2(\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}) ρ ε ( k ) ∈ / L 2 ( Γ ε k ) .
(b) Mass. This is (a) with p = 1 p=1 p = 1 .
For the two remaining estimates, we apply (D.8) with F ( y ) = ∣ x − y ∣ − 1 F(y)=|x-y|^{-1} F ( y ) = ∣ x − y ∣ − 1 and F ( y ) = log ∣ x − y ∣ F(y)=\log|x-y| F ( y ) = log ∣ x − y ∣ , where x = y ( r ε ( k ) w 0 ) ∈ Γ ε k x=y(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w_0)\in\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k} x = y ( r ε ( k ) w 0 ) ∈ Γ ε k with w 0 ∈ B ( 0 , 1 ) w_0\in B(0,1) w 0 ∈ B ( 0 , 1 ) .
(c) Newtonian potential. By (D.4), ∣ x − y ( r ε ( k ) w ) ∣ − 1 = 1 r ε ( k ) ∣ w 0 − w ∣ ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) |x-y(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w)|^{-1}=\dfrac{1}{r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}|w_0-w|}(1+O((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2)) ∣ x − y ( r ε ( k ) w ) ∣ − 1 = r ε ( k ) ∣ w 0 − w ∣ 1 ( 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 )) uniformly for w ≠ w 0 w\ne w_0 w = w 0 , so (D.8) yields
∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) d σ ( y ) 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ = ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) d w 2 π 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ w 0 − w ∣ . (122) \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)\frac{\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)}{2\pi|x-y|}=(1+O((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2))\int_{B(0,1)}\frac{\mathrm{d}w}{2\pi\sqrt{1-|w|^2}|w_0-w|}. \tag*{(122)} ∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = ( 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 )) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) 2 π 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ w 0 − w ∣ d w . (122)
The integral in the right-hand side of (D.9) is well known in potential theory, and its value is independent of w 0 ∈ B ( 0 , 1 ) w_0\in B(0,1) w 0 ∈ B ( 0 , 1 ) (see [45 Equation 4.6] ). Hence, the integral can be evaluated as
∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) d σ ( y ) 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ = π 2 ( 1 + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) , uniformly in x ∈ Γ ε k . \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)\frac{\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)}{2\pi|x-y|}=\frac{\pi}{2}\left(1+O((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2)\right),\qquad\text{uniformly in }x\in\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}. ∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = 2 π ( 1 + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) ) , uniformly in x ∈ Γ ε k .
(d) Logarithmic potential. By (D.4), log ∣ x − y ( r ε ( k ) w ) ∣ = log r ε ( k ) + log ∣ w 0 − w ∣ + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) \log|x-y(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}w)|=\log r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}+\log|w_0-w|+O((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^2) log ∣ x − y ( r ε ( k ) w ) ∣ = log r ε ( k ) + log ∣ w 0 − w ∣ + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 ) uniformly for w ≠ w 0 w\ne w_0 w = w 0 , so (D.8) gives
∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) log ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = r ε ( k ) log r ε ( k ) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) d w 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 ⏟ = 2 π + r ε ( k ) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) log ∣ w 0 − w ∣ 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 d w + O ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 3 ) . \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)\log|x-y|\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)=r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\log r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\underbrace{\int_{B(0,1)}\frac{\mathrm{d}w}{\sqrt{1-|w|^2}}}_{=2\pi}+r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\int_{B(0,1)}\frac{\log|w_0-w|}{\sqrt{1-|w|^2}}\,\mathrm{d}w+O((r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})^3). ∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) log ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = r ε ( k ) log r ε ( k ) = 2 π ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 d w + r ε ( k ) ∫ B ( 0 , 1 ) 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 log ∣ w 0 − w ∣ d w + O (( r ε ( k ) ) 3 ) .
The last integral is finite and bounded uniformly in w 0 ∈ B ( 0 , 1 ) w_0\in B(0,1) w 0 ∈ B ( 0 , 1 ) : the singularities ( 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 ) − 1 / 2 (1-|w|^2)^{-1/2} ( 1 − ∣ w ∣ 2 ) − 1/2 and log ∣ w 0 − w ∣ \log|w_0-w| log ∣ w 0 − w ∣ lie in L l o c p L^p_{\mathrm{loc}} L loc p for every p < 2 p<2 p < 2 , resp. every p < ∞ p<\infty p < ∞ , so their product is integrable by Hölder’s inequality, and continuity in w 0 w_0 w 0 with compactness gives the uniform bound. Therefore
∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) log ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = 2 π r ε ( k ) log r ε ( k ) + O ( r ε ( k ) ) = O ( r ε ( k ) ∣ log r ε ( k ) ∣ ) , \int_{\Gamma_{\varepsilon}^{k}}\rho_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}(y)\log|x-y|\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)=2\pi r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}\log r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}+O(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)})=O(r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}|\log r_{\varepsilon}^{(k)}|), ∫ Γ ε k ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) log ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = 2 π r ε ( k ) log r ε ( k ) + O ( r ε ( k ) ) = O ( r ε ( k ) ∣ log r ε ( k ) ∣ ) ,
which is the claimed estimate.
The previous estimates also give the continuity of the quasi-mode on the holes, required in Hypothesis 2.1 .
Lemma D.2. Fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } . The function ψ ε ( k ) \psi_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) defined in (21) is continuous on Γ D ε \Gamma_{\mathrm{D}}^{\varepsilon} Γ D ε .
Proof. Recall that, by local elliptic regularity, G ( ⋅ , y ) G(\cdot,y) G ( ⋅ , y ) is smooth on Ω ‾ ∖ { y } \overline{\Omega}\setminus\{y\} Ω ∖ { y } for every y ∈ ∂ Ω y\in\partial\Omega y ∈ ∂ Ω . For j ≠ k j\ne k j = k , the hole Γ j ε ‾ \overline{\Gamma_j^\varepsilon} Γ j ε is at a positive distance from Γ k ε ‾ \overline{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon} Γ k ε , so that ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) is continuous on Γ j ε ‾ \overline{\Gamma_j^\varepsilon} Γ j ε by dominated convergence, as ρ ε ∈ L 1 ( Γ k ε ‾ ) \rho_\varepsilon\in L^1(\overline{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon}) ρ ε ∈ L 1 ( Γ k ε ) . On Γ k ε ‾ \overline{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon} Γ k ε , we use the parametrization y ( ⋅ ) y(\cdot) y ( ⋅ ) of ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω around x ( k ) x^{(k)} x ( k ) introduced at the beginning of this subsection, for which y − 1 ( Γ k ε ‾ ) = B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) y^{-1}(\overline{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon})=B(0,r_\varepsilon^{(k)}) y − 1 ( Γ k ε ) = B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) by (D.1), and we decompose G = 1 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ + g ( x , y ) G=\frac{1}{2\pi|x-y|}+g(x,y) G = 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ 1 + g ( x , y ) as in Lemma C.3. As y ( ⋅ ) y(\cdot) y ( ⋅ ) is a smooth embedding with d y ( 0 ) = I dy(0)=I d y ( 0 ) = I , one can write ∣ y ( z 0 ) − y ( z ) ∣ = ∣ z 0 − z ∣ Q ( z 0 , z ) 1 / 2 |y(z_0)-y(z)|=|z_0-z|Q(z_0,z)^{1/2} ∣ y ( z 0 ) − y ( z ) ∣ = ∣ z 0 − z ∣ Q ( z 0 , z ) 1/2 with Q Q Q smooth and positive on B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) 2 B(0,r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2 B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) 2 . Denoting ρ f l a t ( z ) = ( ( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − ∣ z ∣ 2 ) − 1 / 2 \rho_{\mathrm{flat}}(z)=((r_\varepsilon^{(k)})^2-|z|^2)^{-1/2} ρ flat ( z ) = (( r ε ( k ) ) 2 − ∣ z ∣ 2 ) − 1/2 and K ( z 0 , z ) = J k ( z ) Q ( z 0 , z ) − 1 / 2 \mathcal{K}(z_0,z)=J_k(z)Q(z_0,z)^{-1/2} K ( z 0 , z ) = J k ( z ) Q ( z 0 , z ) − 1/2 , the Newtonian part of ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) at x = y ( z 0 ) x=y(z_0) x = y ( z 0 ) is, up to the factor 1 / π 2 1/\pi^2 1/ π 2 ,
∫ B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) ρ f l a t ( z ) K ( z 0 , z ) ∣ z 0 − z ∣ d z = K ( z 0 , z 0 ) ∫ B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) ρ f l a t ( z ) ∣ z 0 − z ∣ d z + ∫ B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) ρ f l a t ( z ) ( K ( z 0 , z ) − K ( z 0 , z 0 ) ) ∣ z 0 − z ∣ d z . \int_{B(0,r_\varepsilon^{(k)})}\frac{\rho_{\mathrm{flat}}(z)\mathcal{K}(z_0,z)}{|z_0-z|}\,dz
=
\mathcal{K}(z_0,z_0)\int_{B(0,r_\varepsilon^{(k)})}\frac{\rho_{\mathrm{flat}}(z)}{|z_0-z|}\,dz
+
\int_{B(0,r_\varepsilon^{(k)})}\frac{\rho_{\mathrm{flat}}(z)\bigl(\mathcal{K}(z_0,z)-\mathcal{K}(z_0,z_0)\bigr)}{|z_0-z|}\,dz. ∫ B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) ∣ z 0 − z ∣ ρ flat ( z ) K ( z 0 , z ) d z = K ( z 0 , z 0 ) ∫ B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) ∣ z 0 − z ∣ ρ flat ( z ) d z + ∫ B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) ∣ z 0 − z ∣ ρ flat ( z ) ( K ( z 0 , z ) − K ( z 0 , z 0 ) ) d z .
The first integral equals π 2 \pi^2 π 2 for every z 0 ∈ B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) z_0\in B(0,r_\varepsilon^{(k)}) z 0 ∈ B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) (see [45 Equation 4.6] ), and z 0 ↦ K ( z 0 , z 0 ) z_0\mapsto\mathcal{K}(z_0,z_0) z 0 ↦ K ( z 0 , z 0 ) is continuous. In the second integral, K \mathcal{K} K is Lipschitz in its second variable uniformly in z 0 z_0 z 0 , so that the integrand is bounded by C ρ f l a t ∈ L 1 ( B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) ) ) C\rho_{\mathrm{flat}}\in L^1(B(0,r_\varepsilon^{(k)})) C ρ flat ∈ L 1 ( B ( 0 , r ε ( k ) )) and continuous in z 0 z_0 z 0 for z ≠ z 0 z\ne z_0 z = z 0 : this integral is continuous in z 0 z_0 z 0 by dominated convergence. Finally, x ↦ g ( x , y ) x\mapsto g(x,y) x ↦ g ( x , y ) is continuous on Ω ‾ ∖ { y } \overline{\Omega}\setminus\{y\} Ω ∖ { y } , and ∣ g ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣ ∣ ) |g(x,y)|\le C(1+|\log|x-y||) ∣ g ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣∣ ) by Lemma C.3. As ρ ε ∈ L p ( Γ k ε ‾ ) \rho_\varepsilon\in L^p(\overline{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon}) ρ ε ∈ L p ( Γ k ε ) for some p ∈ ( 1 , 2 ) p\in(1,2) p ∈ ( 1 , 2 ) by the (Integrability) estimate of Lemma D.1 and y ↦ log ∣ x − y ∣ y\mapsto\log|x-y| y ↦ log ∣ x − y ∣ is bounded in L p ′ ( Γ k ε ‾ ) L^{p'}(\overline{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon}) L p ′ ( Γ k ε ) uniformly in x ∈ Γ k ε ‾ x\in\overline{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon} x ∈ Γ k ε , with p ′ = p / ( p − 1 ) p'=p/(p-1) p ′ = p / ( p − 1 ) , the family ( ρ ε ( k ) g ( x , ⋅ ) ) x ∈ Γ k ε ‾ (\rho_\varepsilon^{(k)}g(x,\cdot))_{x\in\overline{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon}} ( ρ ε ( k ) g ( x , ⋅ ) ) x ∈ Γ k ε is uniformly integrable, and the Vitali convergence theorem shows that x ↦ ∫ Γ k ε ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) g ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) x\mapsto\int_{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon}\rho_\varepsilon^{(k)}(y)g(x,y)\,d\sigma(y) x ↦ ∫ Γ k ε ρ ε ( k ) ( y ) g ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) is continuous on Γ k ε ‾ \overline{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon} Γ k ε . Hence ψ ε ( k ) \psi_\varepsilon^{(k)} ψ ε ( k ) is continuous on Γ k ε ‾ \overline{\Gamma_k^\varepsilon} Γ k ε . □
In the case of the slit holes from Section 4
In this subsection, we go back to the notation of § 4 and prove a technical lemma needed in the proof of Lemma 4.1.
Lemma D.3. For a fixed k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } and ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , let Γ k ε \Gamma_k^\varepsilon Γ k ε be the slit hole defined in § 4 , and G G G the Green function defined in Definition C.1 . Then for any x ∈ Γ k ε x\in\Gamma_k^\varepsilon x ∈ Γ k ε , it holds that in the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 ,
∫ H k G ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) = − 1 π log ( w ε ( k ) ) + O ( 1 ) . \int_{\mathcal{H}_k}G(x,y)\,d\sigma(y)=-\frac{1}{\pi}\log\left(w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\right)+O(1). ∫ H k G ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) = − π 1 log ( w ε ( k ) ) + O ( 1 ) .
Proof. In this proof we fix k ∈ { 1 , … , N } k\in\{1,\ldots,N\} k ∈ { 1 , … , N } , we fix x ∈ Γ k ε x\in\Gamma_k^\varepsilon x ∈ Γ k ε , drop the index k k k for clarity and denote u u u the integral in the statement of the lemma. First notice that G G G can be decomposed as (D.10)
u ( x ) = ∫ H G ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) = ∫ H [ 1 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ + r ( x , y ) ] d σ ( y ) , (123) u(x)=\int_{\mathcal{H}}G(x,y)\,d\sigma(y)=\int_{\mathcal{H}}\left[\frac{1}{2\pi|x-y|}+r(x,y)\right]\,d\sigma(y), \tag*{(123)} u ( x ) = ∫ H G ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) = ∫ H [ 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ 1 + r ( x , y ) ] d σ ( y ) , (123)
with r : Γ k ε × H → R r:\Gamma_k^\varepsilon\times\mathcal{H}\to\mathbb{R} r : Γ k ε × H → R the remainder. We postpone the bound on the integral over r r r to the end of the proof, and first treat the singular contribution (D.11)
u 0 ( x ) = 1 2 π ∫ H d σ ( y ) ∣ x − y ∣ = 1 2 π ∫ − ℓ ℓ d s ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ , (124) u_0(x)=\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{\mathcal{H}}\frac{d\sigma(y)}{|x-y|}=\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\ell}^{\ell}\frac{ds}{|x-\gamma(s)|}, \tag*{(124)} u 0 ( x ) = 2 π 1 ∫ H ∣ x − y ∣ d σ ( y ) = 2 π 1 ∫ − ℓ ℓ ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ d s , (124)
where we used the parametrization of H \mathcal{H} H introduced in § 2.2 . Notice that as H \mathcal{H} H is a smooth curve, its parametrization γ \gamma γ can be chosen to be smooth and can be Taylor expanded around s x ∈ [ − ℓ , ℓ ] s_x\in[-\ell,\ell] s x ∈ [ − ℓ , ℓ ] , the point such that γ ( s x ) \gamma(s_x) γ ( s x ) is the nearest point on H \mathcal{H} H to x x x , as (D.12)
γ ( s ) = γ ( s x ) + σ τ ( s x ) + E ( s , s x ) , with ∣ E ( s , s x ) ∣ ≤ K 1 σ 2 , (125) \gamma(s)=\gamma(s_x)+\sigma\tau(s_x)+E(s,s_x),\qquad\text{with }|E(s,s_x)|\le K_1\sigma^2, \tag*{(125)} γ ( s ) = γ ( s x ) + σ τ ( s x ) + E ( s , s x ) , with ∣ E ( s , s x ) ∣ ≤ K 1 σ 2 , (125)
writing σ = s − s x \sigma=s-s_x σ = s − s x and with K 1 > 0 K_1>0 K 1 > 0 depending only on the curvature of H \mathcal{H} H . Then, it holds that (D.13)
x − γ ( s ) = ( t − σ ) τ ( s x ) + ρ − E ( s , s x ) . (126) x-\gamma(s)=(t-\sigma)\tau(s_x)+\rho-E(s,s_x). \tag*{(126)} x − γ ( s ) = ( t − σ ) τ ( s x ) + ρ − E ( s , s x ) . (126)
It is now natural to introduce the flat slit distance, defined as (D.14)
b ( s ) = ∣ ( t − σ ) τ ( s x ) + ρ ∣ = ρ 2 + ( t − σ ) 2 = ρ 2 + ( z − s ) 2 , (127) b(s)=|(t-\sigma)\tau(s_x)+\rho|=\sqrt{\rho^2+(t-\sigma)^2}=\sqrt{\rho^2+(z-s)^2}, \tag*{(127)} b ( s ) = ∣ ( t − σ ) τ ( s x ) + ρ ∣ = ρ 2 + ( t − σ ) 2 = ρ 2 + ( z − s ) 2 , (127)
where z = t + s x z=t+s_x z = t + s x , and to split the integral in (D.11) as
u 0 ( x ) = 1 2 π ∫ − ℓ ℓ d s b ( s ) + 1 2 π ∫ − ℓ ℓ ( 1 ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ − 1 b ( s ) ) d s (128) u_0(x)=\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\ell}^{\ell}\frac{\mathrm{d}s}{b(s)}+\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\ell}^{\ell}\left(\frac{1}{\lvert x-\gamma(s)\rvert}-\frac{1}{b(s)}\right)\mathrm{d}s \tag*{(128)} u 0 ( x ) = 2 π 1 ∫ − ℓ ℓ b ( s ) d s + 2 π 1 ∫ − ℓ ℓ ( ∣ x − γ ( s )∣ 1 − b ( s ) 1 ) d s (128)
and estimate the two terms separately.
The flat integral u f l a t u_{\mathrm{flat} } u flat . By (D.14), notice that u f l a t u_{\mathrm{flat}} u flat can be computed directly in the case ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 ,
∫ − ℓ ℓ d s ρ 2 + ( z − s ) 2 = arcsinh ( ℓ − z ρ ) + arcsinh ( ℓ + z ρ ) = log ( ℓ − z ) + r − ρ + log ( ℓ + z ) + r + ρ , (129) \int_{-\ell}^{\ell}\frac{\mathrm{d}s}{\sqrt{\rho^2+(z-s)^2}}=\operatorname{arcsinh}\left(\frac{\ell-z}{\rho}\right)+\operatorname{arcsinh}\left(\frac{\ell+z}{\rho}\right)=\log\frac{(\ell-z)+r_-}{\rho}+\log\frac{(\ell+z)+r_+}{\rho}, \tag*{(129)} ∫ − ℓ ℓ ρ 2 + ( z − s ) 2 d s = arcsinh ( ρ ℓ − z ) + arcsinh ( ρ ℓ + z ) = log ρ ( ℓ − z ) + r − + log ρ ( ℓ + z ) + r + , (129)
where r − = ρ 2 + ( z − ℓ ) 2 r_-=\sqrt{\rho^2+(z-\ell)^2} r − = ρ 2 + ( z − ℓ ) 2 and r + = ρ 2 + ( z + ℓ ) 2 r_+=\sqrt{\rho^2+(z+\ell)^2} r + = ρ 2 + ( z + ℓ ) 2 are the distances from the point to the two foci. Notice that, using ( a − b ) ( a + b ) = a 2 − b 2 (a-b)(a+b)=a^2-b^2 ( a − b ) ( a + b ) = a 2 − b 2 , we have
( r ± ( ρ , z ) − ( ℓ ± z ) ) ( r ± ( ρ , z ) + ( ℓ ± z ) ) = ρ 2 . \left(r_{\pm}(\rho,z)-(\ell\pm z)\right)\left(r_{\pm}(\rho,z)+(\ell\pm z)\right)=\rho^2. ( r ± ( ρ , z ) − ( ℓ ± z ) ) ( r ± ( ρ , z ) + ( ℓ ± z ) ) = ρ 2 .
Summing the previous equation for r + r_+ r + and r − r_- r − , we obtain the following identity (dropping the dependence in ρ \rho ρ and z z z for readability):
r + + r − − 2 ℓ = ρ 2 r + + ( ℓ + z ) + ρ 2 r − + ( ℓ − z ) = ρ 2 r + + r − + 2 ℓ ( r + + ( ℓ + z ) ) ( r − + ( ℓ − z ) ) . r_++r_--2\ell=\frac{\rho^2}{r_++(\ell+z)}+\frac{\rho^2}{r_-+(\ell-z)}=\rho^2\frac{r_++r_-+2\ell}{\left(r_++(\ell+z)\right)\left(r_-+(\ell-z)\right)}. r + + r − − 2 ℓ = r + + ( ℓ + z ) ρ 2 + r − + ( ℓ − z ) ρ 2 = ρ 2 ( r + + ( ℓ + z ) ) ( r − + ( ℓ − z ) ) r + + r − + 2 ℓ .
Finally, the explicit expression of u f l a t u_{\mathrm{flat}} u flat in (D.16) can be rewritten as:
u f l a t ( x ) = log ( ( r + ( ρ , z ) + ( ℓ + z ) ) ( r − ( ρ , z ) + ( ℓ − z ) ) ρ 2 ) = − log ( r + ( ρ , z ) + r − ( ρ , z ) − 2 ℓ r + ( ρ , z ) + r − ( ρ , z ) + 2 ℓ ) (130) \begin{aligned}
u_{\mathrm{flat}}(x)=\log\left(\frac{\left(r_+(\rho,z)+(\ell+z)\right)\left(r_-(\rho,z)+(\ell-z)\right)}{\rho^2}\right) \\
&=-\log\left(\frac{r_+(\rho,z)+r_-(\rho,z)-2\ell}{r_+(\rho,z)+r_-(\rho,z)+2\ell}\right) \tag*{(130)}
\end{aligned} u flat ( x ) = log ( ρ 2 ( r + ( ρ , z ) + ( ℓ + z ) ) ( r − ( ρ , z ) + ( ℓ − z ) ) ) = − log ( r + ( ρ , z ) + r − ( ρ , z ) + 2 ℓ r + ( ρ , z ) + r − ( ρ , z ) − 2 ℓ ) (130)
By Type C, the point x ∈ Γ k ε x\in\Gamma_k^\varepsilon x ∈ Γ k ε lies on the ellipse of semi-axes a = ℓ 2 + w 2 a=\sqrt{\ell^2+w^2} a = ℓ 2 + w 2 and w w w in the ( z , ρ ) (z,\rho) ( z , ρ ) plane, where w = w ε ( k ) w=w_\varepsilon^{(k)} w = w ε ( k ) and a = a ε ( k ) a=a_\varepsilon^{(k)} a = a ε ( k ) is defined in (8) . As a 2 − w 2 = ℓ 2 a^2-w^2=\ell^2 a 2 − w 2 = ℓ 2 , its foci are z = ± ℓ z=\pm\ell z = ± ℓ , and the sum of the distances to the foci is the major axis length, namely
r + ( ρ , z ) + r − ( ρ , z ) = 2 a , for x ∈ Γ k ε . r_+(\rho,z)+r_-(\rho,z)=2a,\qquad\text{for }x\in\Gamma_k^\varepsilon. r + ( ρ , z ) + r − ( ρ , z ) = 2 a , for x ∈ Γ k ε .
Thus, on Γ k ε \Gamma_k^\varepsilon Γ k ε , using (8) , we have
u f l a t ( x ) = − log ( 2 a − 2 ℓ 2 a + 2 ℓ ) = log ( ( a + ℓ ) 2 w 2 ) = − 2 log ( w ) + 2 log ( a + ℓ ) = − 2 log ( w ) + 2 log ( 2 ℓ ) + O ( w 2 ) , (131) \begin{aligned}
u_{\mathrm{flat}}(x)=-\log\left(\frac{2a-2\ell}{2a+2\ell}\right)=\log\left(\frac{(a+\ell)^2}{w^2}\right) \\
&=-2\log(w)+2\log(a+\ell)=-2\log(w)+2\log(2\ell)+O(w^2), \tag*{(131)}
\end{aligned} u flat ( x ) = − log ( 2 a + 2 ℓ 2 a − 2 ℓ ) = log ( w 2 ( a + ℓ ) 2 ) = − 2 log ( w ) + 2 log ( a + ℓ ) = − 2 log ( w ) + 2 log ( 2 ℓ ) + O ( w 2 ) , (131)
which is the expected result. For the case ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0 , the exact same computation can be done, noticing that x ∉ H x\notin\mathcal{H} x ∈ / H and ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0 implies that ∣ z ∣ > ℓ \lvert z\rvert>\ell ∣ z ∣ > ℓ , then the integral can be computed directly
u f l a t ( x ) = ∫ − ℓ ℓ 1 ∣ z − s ∣ d s = log ∣ z + ℓ z − ℓ ∣ . \begin{aligned}
u_{\mathrm{flat}}(x)=\int_{-\ell}^{\ell}\frac{1}{\lvert z-s\rvert}\,\mathrm{d}s \\
&=\log\left\lvert\frac{z+\ell}{z-\ell}\right\rvert.
\end{aligned} u flat ( x ) = ∫ − ℓ ℓ ∣ z − s ∣ 1 d s = log z − ℓ z + ℓ .
On Γ k ε \Gamma_k^\varepsilon Γ k ε with ρ = 0 \rho=0 ρ = 0 one has ∣ z ∣ = a \lvert z\rvert=a ∣ z ∣ = a , so this equals log a + ℓ a − ℓ = log ( a + ℓ ) 2 w 2 \log\frac{a+\ell}{a-\ell}=\log\frac{(a+\ell)^2}{w^2} log a − ℓ a + ℓ = log w 2 ( a + ℓ ) 2 , which is exactly the first line of (D.18).
The difference u r e s t u_{\mathrm{rest}} u rest . By the very definition of the foot point s x s_x s x , the tangential offset t t t and the running variable σ \sigma σ are always aligned so that
∣ t − σ ∣ ≥ ∣ σ ∣ for every admissible σ . (132) \lvert t-\sigma\rvert\geq\lvert\sigma\rvert\qquad\text{for every admissible }\sigma. \tag*{(132)} ∣ t − σ ∣ ≥ ∣ σ ∣ for every admissible σ . (132)
Indeed, if γ ( s x ) \gamma(s_x) γ ( s x ) is interior to H \mathcal{H} H , one has that t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , and (D.19) is an equality; if the foot point is an endpoint, say s x = ℓ s_x=\ell s x = ℓ , then σ = s − ℓ ≤ 0 \sigma=s-\ell\le0 σ = s − ℓ ≤ 0 while optimality forces t = ⟨ x − γ ( ℓ ) , τ ( ℓ ) ⟩ ≥ 0 t=\langle x-\gamma(\ell),\tau(\ell)\rangle\ge0 t = ⟨ x − γ ( ℓ ) , τ ( ℓ )⟩ ≥ 0 , so t − σ ≥ ∣ σ ∣ t-\sigma\ge|\sigma| t − σ ≥ ∣ σ ∣ . Consequently, from (D.14),
b ( s ) ≥ ∣ t − σ ∣ ≥ ∣ σ ∣ . (133) b(s)\ge|t-\sigma|\ge|\sigma|. \tag*{(133)} b ( s ) ≥ ∣ t − σ ∣ ≥ ∣ σ ∣. (133)
Moreover, by (D.13) and the reverse triangle inequality,
∣ ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ − b ( s ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E ( s , s x ) ∣ ≤ K 1 σ 2 . (134) \left||x-\gamma(s)|-b(s)\right|\le|E(s,s_x)|\le K_1\sigma^2. \tag*{(134)} ∣ ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ − b ( s ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E ( s , s x ) ∣ ≤ K 1 σ 2 . (134)
Fix now σ 0 = ( 2 K 1 ) − 1 \sigma_0=(2K_1)^{-1} σ 0 = ( 2 K 1 ) − 1 , which depends only on H \mathcal{H} H . For ∣ σ ∣ > σ 0 |\sigma|>\sigma_0 ∣ σ ∣ > σ 0 , b ( s ) ≥ ∣ σ ∣ > σ 0 b(s)\ge|\sigma|>\sigma_0 b ( s ) ≥ ∣ σ ∣ > σ 0 by (D.20). Moreover, H \mathcal{H} H is a compact embedded curve, so there is c H > 0 c_{\mathcal{H}}>0 c H > 0 with ∣ γ ( s ) − γ ( s ′ ) ∣ ≥ c H ∣ s − s ′ ∣ |\gamma(s)-\gamma(s')|\ge c_{\mathcal{H}}|s-s'| ∣ γ ( s ) − γ ( s ′ ) ∣ ≥ c H ∣ s − s ′ ∣ , and ∣ x − γ ( s x ) ∣ ≤ w ε ( k ) → 0 |x-\gamma(s_x)|\le w_\varepsilon^{(k)}\to0 ∣ x − γ ( s x ) ∣ ≤ w ε ( k ) → 0 for x ∈ Γ ε k x\in\Gamma_\varepsilon^k x ∈ Γ ε k , hence ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ ≥ c H σ 0 / 2 |x-\gamma(s)|\ge c_{\mathcal{H}}\sigma_0/2 ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ ≥ c H σ 0 /2 for ε \varepsilon ε small. Both quantities are thus bounded below by a fixed constant c ( σ 0 ) > 0 c(\sigma_0)>0 c ( σ 0 ) > 0 , so the integrand is bounded by 2 / c ( σ 0 ) 2/c(\sigma_0) 2/ c ( σ 0 ) . For ∣ σ ∣ ≤ σ 0 |\sigma|\le\sigma_0 ∣ σ ∣ ≤ σ 0 , (D.20) and (D.21) give K 1 σ 2 ≤ 1 2 ∣ σ ∣ ≤ 1 2 b ( s ) K_1\sigma^2\le\frac12|\sigma|\le\frac12b(s) K 1 σ 2 ≤ 2 1 ∣ σ ∣ ≤ 2 1 b ( s ) , hence ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ ≥ 1 2 b ( s ) |x-\gamma(s)|\ge\frac12b(s) ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ ≥ 2 1 b ( s ) , and therefore
∣ 1 ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ − 1 b ( s ) ∣ = ∣ ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ − b ( s ) ∣ ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ b ( s ) ≤ K 1 σ 2 1 2 b ( s ) 2 ≤ 2 K 1 σ 2 σ 2 = 2 K 1 . (135) \left|\frac{1}{|x-\gamma(s)|}-\frac{1}{b(s)}\right|
=\frac{\left||x-\gamma(s)|-b(s)\right|}{|x-\gamma(s)|b(s)}
\le\frac{K_1\sigma^2}{\frac12b(s)^2}
\le\frac{2K_1\sigma^2}{\sigma^2}=2K_1. \tag*{(135)} ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ 1 − b ( s ) 1 = ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ b ( s ) ∣ ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ − b ( s ) ∣ ≤ 2 1 b ( s ) 2 K 1 σ 2 ≤ σ 2 2 K 1 σ 2 = 2 K 1 . (135)
In either case the integrand of u r e s t u_{\mathrm{rest}} u rest is bounded uniformly in x x x , and since H \mathcal{H} H has finite length,
u r e s t ( x ) = O ( 1 ) . (136) u_{\mathrm{rest}}(x)=O(1). \tag*{(136)} u rest ( x ) = O ( 1 ) . (136)
Combining (D.15), (D.18) and (D.23),
u 0 ( x ) = − 1 π log ( w ) + O ( 1 ) . (137) u_0(x)=-\frac{1}{\pi}\log(w)+O(1). \tag*{(137)} u 0 ( x ) = − π 1 log ( w ) + O ( 1 ) . (137)
The remainder r. From Lemma C.3, there exist constants δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 and C δ > 0 C_\delta>0 C δ > 0 such that for any y ∈ H y\in\mathcal{H} y ∈ H with ∣ x − y ∣ < δ |x-y|<\delta ∣ x − y ∣ < δ , one has that
∣ r ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C δ ( 1 + ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣ ∣ ) . |r(x,y)|\le C_\delta(1+|\log|x-y||). ∣ r ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C δ ( 1 + ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣∣ ) .
Furthermore, from Lemma C.2, for any y ∈ H y\in\mathcal{H} y ∈ H with ∣ x − y ∣ ≥ δ |x-y|\ge\delta ∣ x − y ∣ ≥ δ , one has that
∣ r ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ G ( x , y ) ∣ + 1 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ ≤ ( K + 1 2 π ) δ − 1 . |r(x,y)|\le|G(x,y)|+\frac{1}{2\pi|x-y|}
\le\left(K+\frac{1}{2\pi}\right)\delta^{-1}. ∣ r ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ G ( x , y ) ∣ + 2 π ∣ x − y ∣ 1 ≤ ( K + 2 π 1 ) δ − 1 .
Then, the integral of the function r r r on H \mathcal{H} H can be bounded as
∫ H ∣ r ( x , y ) ∣ d σ ( y ) ≤ C δ ∫ H ∩ B ( x , δ ) ( 1 + ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣ ∣ ) d σ ( y ) + ( K + 1 2 π ) δ − 1 ∣ H ∣ . (138) \int_{\mathcal{H}}|r(x,y)|\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)
\le C_\delta\int_{\mathcal{H}\cap B(x,\delta)}(1+|\log|x-y||)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)
+\left(K+\frac{1}{2\pi}\right)\delta^{-1}|\mathcal{H}|. \tag*{(138)} ∫ H ∣ r ( x , y ) ∣ d σ ( y ) ≤ C δ ∫ H ∩ B ( x , δ ) ( 1 + ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣∣ ) d σ ( y ) + ( K + 2 π 1 ) δ − 1 ∣ H ∣. (138)
It remains to check that the right-hand side of (D.25) is O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) . The far term ( K + 1 2 π ) δ − 1 ∣ H ∣ \left(K+\frac{1}{2\pi}\right)\delta^{-1}|\mathcal{H}| ( K + 2 π 1 ) δ − 1 ∣ H ∣ is a fixed constant, and so is C δ ∣ H ∣ C_\delta|\mathcal{H}| C δ ∣ H ∣ . For the near term, we may take δ \delta δ smaller than the tubular radius of H \mathcal{H} H , so that H ∩ B ( x , δ ) \mathcal{H}\cap B(x,\delta) H ∩ B ( x , δ ) is a single subarc around s x s_x s x with ∣ σ ∣ ≤ C δ < 1 |\sigma|\le C\delta<1 ∣ σ ∣ ≤ C δ < 1 ; on it ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ < δ < 1 |x-\gamma(s)|<\delta<1 ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ < δ < 1 , hence ∣ log ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ ∣ = − log ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ |\log|x-\gamma(s)||=-\log|x-\gamma(s)| ∣ log ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣∣ = − log ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ . Using ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ ≥ 1 2 b ( s ) |x-\gamma(s)|\ge\frac12b(s) ∣ x − γ ( s ) ∣ ≥ 2 1 b ( s ) from the previous paragraph,
∫ H ∩ B ( x , δ ) ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣ ∣ d σ ( y ) ≤ log 2 ⋅ ∣ H ∣ − ∫ ∣ σ ∣ ≤ C δ log b ( s ) d s . \int_{\mathcal{H}\cap B(x,\delta)}|\log|x-y||\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)
\le\log2\cdot|\mathcal{H}|-\int_{|\sigma|\le C\delta}\log b(s)\,\mathrm{d}s. ∫ H ∩ B ( x , δ ) ∣ log ∣ x − y ∣∣ d σ ( y ) ≤ log 2 ⋅ ∣ H ∣ − ∫ ∣ σ ∣ ≤ C δ log b ( s ) d s .
By (D.14) and the substitution η = t − σ \eta=t-\sigma η = t − σ , the last integral equals
− ∫ log b ( s ) d s = − 1 2 ∫ log ( ρ 2 + η 2 ) d η , -\int\log b(s)\,\mathrm{d}s=-\frac12\int\log(\rho^2+\eta^2)\,\mathrm{d}\eta, − ∫ log b ( s ) d s = − 2 1 ∫ log ( ρ 2 + η 2 ) d η ,
whose explicit primitive η log ( ρ 2 + η 2 ) − 2 η + 2 ρ arctan ( η / ρ ) \eta\log(\rho^2+\eta^2)-2\eta+2\rho\arctan(\eta/\rho) η log ( ρ 2 + η 2 ) − 2 η + 2 ρ arctan ( η / ρ ) stays bounded over the fixed compact η \eta η -range as ρ → 0 \rho\to0 ρ → 0 , since η log ( ρ 2 + η 2 ) \eta\log(\rho^2+\eta^2) η log ( ρ 2 + η 2 ) is bounded near η = 0 \eta=0 η = 0 and arctan \arctan arctan is bounded. Hence the near term is also O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) , and ∫ H r ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) = O ( 1 ) \int_{\mathcal{H}}r(x,y)\,\mathrm{d}\sigma(y)=O(1) ∫ H r ( x , y ) d σ ( y ) = O ( 1 ) .
Collecting (D.24) and this last bound in (D.10),
u ( x ) = − 1 π log ( w ) + O ( 1 ) , u(x)=-\frac{1}{\pi}\log(w)+O(1), u ( x ) = − π 1 log ( w ) + O ( 1 ) ,
which is the announced estimate. □
References